#sovietliterature — Public Fediverse posts

Live and recent posts from across the Fediverse tagged #sovietliterature, aggregated by home.social.

fetched live

Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-27 · 01:48 UTC
Colloid Chemistry by S. Voyutsky

This book is a translation of the second edition of the Russian textbook on colloid chemistry for institutes of chemical engineering (the first Russian edition was published in 1964). It explains the general concepts and laws of colloid chemistry and describes the properties of colloidal systems, the methods of investigating them, and the use of colloid chemistry for solving practical problems. The textbook has a chapter on high-molecular-weight substances and their solutions. The introduction, the chapters on adsorption, and the chapter on the stability and coagulation of colloidal systems have been extensively revised. The book may serve as a textbook for students and postgraduate students of chemical faculties of universities; it will also be of interest to researchers who wish to become acquainted with the modern state of colloid chemistry.

Prof. Sergei Voyutsky, D.Sc. (Chem.), heads the Colloid Chemistry Department of the Lomonosov Institute of Fine Chemical Technology. He specialises in adhesion and in the physico-chemical properties of lattices. He has published over 350 articles in Soviet and foreign journals. Prof. Voyutsky is the author of textbooks on colloid chemistry and polymer solutions, and also of monographs, some of which were translated and published in the United States, Japan, Poland, and other countries. He is a member of the editorial board of the journals Kauchuk i Rezin (Caoutchouc and Rubber) and Kolloidnyi Zhurnal (Colloid Journal).
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
CONTENTS
Preface
Author’s Preface
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION. COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF COLLOID CHEMISTRY
1. Concept of Colloidal Systems and the Definition of Colloid Chemistry as a Science
2. Measure of Dispersion
3. Heterogeneity of Colloidal Systems as Their Basic Distinction from Molecular Solutions
4. Disjoining Pressure
5. Effect of the Degree of Dispersion on the Properties of Disperse Systems
6. Classification of Colloidal and Microheterogeneous Systems
7. Importance of Colloidal Systems and Colloidal Processes in Nature and Engineering
Chapter 2. OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Light Scattering
2. Light Absorption
3. Colour of Colloidal Systems
4. Optical Methods of Investigating Colloidal Systems
Chapter 3. MOLECULAR-KINETIC PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Thermal Motion of Molecules and Brownian Motion
2. Diffusion in True Solutions and in Colloidal Systems
3. Osmotic Pressure
4. Sedimentation Stability
5. Sedimentation and Methods of Sedimentation Analysis
Chapter 4. SCIENCE OF ADSORPTION. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-GAS INTERFACE
1. Concept of Adsorption
2. Nature of Adsorption Forces
3. Langmuir’s Monomolecular Adsorption Theory
4. Polanyi’s Polymolecular Adsorption Theory and the BET (Brunauer, Emmett, and Teller) Theory
5. Capillary Condensation
6. Chemical Adsorption
7. Heat of Adsorption
8. Adsorption Rate
9. Effect of the Properties of the Adsorbent and the Adsorptive on Adsorption. Dynamic Adsorption. Adsorption from Mixtures of Gases
Chapter 5. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLUTION-GAS INTERFACE
1. Surface Tension
2. Concept of Surfactants
3. Gibbs’ Equation
4. Shishkovsky’s Equation. Transition from Gibbs’ Equation to Langmuir’s Equation
5. Effect of the Structure and Dimensions of a Surfactant Molecule on Adsorption at the Solution-Gas Interface. Traube’s Rule
6. Structure of the Adsorption Layer at the Solution-Gas Interface
7. Langmuir’s Balance. Determination of the Dimensions of Surfactant Molecules
Chapter 6. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-SOLUTION INTERFACE
1. Molecular Adsorption from Solutions
2. Ionic Adsorption
3. Exchange Adsorption
4. Wetting Phenomena
5. Adhesion
Chapter 7. ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Concept of Electrokinetic Phenomena
2. Structure of the Electric Double Layer
3. Effect of Different Factors on the Electrokinetic Potential
4. Electrophoresis and Electroosmosis
5. Determination of the Electrokinetic Potential
6. Practical Importance of Electrokinetic Phenomena
7. Other Electrical Properties of Colloidal Systems
Chapter 8. OBTAINING AND PURIFYING COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS. STRUCTURE OF COLLOIDAL MICELLES
1. Methods of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
2. Structure of Colloidal Micelles
3. Examples of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
4. Purifying Colloidal Systems
Chapter 9. STABILITY AND COAGULATION OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Kinetics of Coagulation
2. Stability of Thin Liquid Layers and the Energy of Interaction Between the Surfaces of Two Bodies
3. Change in the Energy of Interaction Between Micelles as They Approach One Another
4. Solvation of Particles. Structural-Mechanical and Entropy Factors of Stability
5. Rules of Coagulation by Electrolytes
6. Theories of Coagulation by Electrolytes
7. Effect of the Dimensions and Concentration of Particles on Their Interaction in Dispersed Systems
8. Importance of Adsorption Phenomena to Coagulation
9. Particular Phenomena Observed in Coagulation by Electrolytes
10. Coagulation of Sols Having a Non-Aqueous Medium by Electrolytes
11. Heterocoagulation and Heteroadagulation of Colloidal Systems
12. Coagulation Under the Action of Physical Factors
Chapter 10. STRUCTURAL-MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF DISPERSED SYSTEMS
1. Origination and Characteristics of Structures in Colloidal Systems
2. Viscosity of True and Colloidal Solutions
3. Structural Viscosity
4. Mechanical Properties of Colloidal Systems Exhibiting True Elasticity
5. Dependence of the Viscosity of Colloidal Systems on the Concentration of the Dispersed Phase
Chapter 11. SYSTEMS HAVING A GASEOUS DISPERSION MEDIUM
1. General Characteristics of Aerosols
2. Powders and Their Properties
3. Methods of Obtaining Aerosols
4. Methods of Destroying Aerosols
5. Practical Importance of Aerosols
Chapter 12. SYSTEMS HAVING LIQUID AND SOLID DISPERSED PHASES
1. Suspensions
2. Emulsions
3. Lattices
4. Foams
5. Systems Having a Solid Dispersion Medium
Chapter 13. COLLOIDAL SURFACTANTS
1. Principal Concepts and Classification of Colloidal Surfactants
2. State of Surfactants in a Solution
3. Stabilizing Action of Surfactants
4. Solubilization in Surfactant Solutions
5. Practical Importance of Colloidal Surfactant Solutions
6. Tannins and Dyes
Chapter 14. NATURE AND SOME PROPERTIES OF SOLUTIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES
1. General Information on Macromolecular Substances
2. Polydispersity and Molecular Weight of Macromolecular Substances
3. Structure of Macromolecules and Structure of Macromolecular Substances
4. Theories of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
5. Thermodynamics of Dissolution of Macromolecular Substances
6. Swelling of Macromolecular Substances
7. Some Properties of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
8. Polyelectrolytes
9. Gels
Recommended Literature
Index
#1978 #adsorption #chemistry #coagulation #colloidChemistry #colloidalSystems #colloids #dispersedSystems #electrokineticPhenomena #macromolecularSubstances #sovietLiterature #surfactants
#adsorption #chemistry #coagulation #colloidchemistry #colloidalsystems #colloids
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-27 · 01:48 UTC
Colloid Chemistry by S. Voyutsky

This book is a translation of the second edition of the Russian textbook on colloid chemistry for institutes of chemical engineering (the first Russian edition was published in 1964). It explains the general concepts and laws of colloid chemistry and describes the properties of colloidal systems, the methods of investigating them, and the use of colloid chemistry for solving practical problems. The textbook has a chapter on high-molecular-weight substances and their solutions. The introduction, the chapters on adsorption, and the chapter on the stability and coagulation of colloidal systems have been extensively revised. The book may serve as a textbook for students and postgraduate students of chemical faculties of universities; it will also be of interest to researchers who wish to become acquainted with the modern state of colloid chemistry.

Prof. Sergei Voyutsky, D.Sc. (Chem.), heads the Colloid Chemistry Department of the Lomonosov Institute of Fine Chemical Technology. He specialises in adhesion and in the physico-chemical properties of lattices. He has published over 350 articles in Soviet and foreign journals. Prof. Voyutsky is the author of textbooks on colloid chemistry and polymer solutions, and also of monographs, some of which were translated and published in the United States, Japan, Poland, and other countries. He is a member of the editorial board of the journals Kauchuk i Rezin (Caoutchouc and Rubber) and Kolloidnyi Zhurnal (Colloid Journal).
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
CONTENTS
Preface
Author’s Preface
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION. COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF COLLOID CHEMISTRY
1. Concept of Colloidal Systems and the Definition of Colloid Chemistry as a Science
2. Measure of Dispersion
3. Heterogeneity of Colloidal Systems as Their Basic Distinction from Molecular Solutions
4. Disjoining Pressure
5. Effect of the Degree of Dispersion on the Properties of Disperse Systems
6. Classification of Colloidal and Microheterogeneous Systems
7. Importance of Colloidal Systems and Colloidal Processes in Nature and Engineering
Chapter 2. OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Light Scattering
2. Light Absorption
3. Colour of Colloidal Systems
4. Optical Methods of Investigating Colloidal Systems
Chapter 3. MOLECULAR-KINETIC PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Thermal Motion of Molecules and Brownian Motion
2. Diffusion in True Solutions and in Colloidal Systems
3. Osmotic Pressure
4. Sedimentation Stability
5. Sedimentation and Methods of Sedimentation Analysis
Chapter 4. SCIENCE OF ADSORPTION. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-GAS INTERFACE
1. Concept of Adsorption
2. Nature of Adsorption Forces
3. Langmuir’s Monomolecular Adsorption Theory
4. Polanyi’s Polymolecular Adsorption Theory and the BET (Brunauer, Emmett, and Teller) Theory
5. Capillary Condensation
6. Chemical Adsorption
7. Heat of Adsorption
8. Adsorption Rate
9. Effect of the Properties of the Adsorbent and the Adsorptive on Adsorption. Dynamic Adsorption. Adsorption from Mixtures of Gases
Chapter 5. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLUTION-GAS INTERFACE
1. Surface Tension
2. Concept of Surfactants
3. Gibbs’ Equation
4. Shishkovsky’s Equation. Transition from Gibbs’ Equation to Langmuir’s Equation
5. Effect of the Structure and Dimensions of a Surfactant Molecule on Adsorption at the Solution-Gas Interface. Traube’s Rule
6. Structure of the Adsorption Layer at the Solution-Gas Interface
7. Langmuir’s Balance. Determination of the Dimensions of Surfactant Molecules
Chapter 6. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-SOLUTION INTERFACE
1. Molecular Adsorption from Solutions
2. Ionic Adsorption
3. Exchange Adsorption
4. Wetting Phenomena
5. Adhesion
Chapter 7. ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Concept of Electrokinetic Phenomena
2. Structure of the Electric Double Layer
3. Effect of Different Factors on the Electrokinetic Potential
4. Electrophoresis and Electroosmosis
5. Determination of the Electrokinetic Potential
6. Practical Importance of Electrokinetic Phenomena
7. Other Electrical Properties of Colloidal Systems
Chapter 8. OBTAINING AND PURIFYING COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS. STRUCTURE OF COLLOIDAL MICELLES
1. Methods of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
2. Structure of Colloidal Micelles
3. Examples of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
4. Purifying Colloidal Systems
Chapter 9. STABILITY AND COAGULATION OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Kinetics of Coagulation
2. Stability of Thin Liquid Layers and the Energy of Interaction Between the Surfaces of Two Bodies
3. Change in the Energy of Interaction Between Micelles as They Approach One Another
4. Solvation of Particles. Structural-Mechanical and Entropy Factors of Stability
5. Rules of Coagulation by Electrolytes
6. Theories of Coagulation by Electrolytes
7. Effect of the Dimensions and Concentration of Particles on Their Interaction in Dispersed Systems
8. Importance of Adsorption Phenomena to Coagulation
9. Particular Phenomena Observed in Coagulation by Electrolytes
10. Coagulation of Sols Having a Non-Aqueous Medium by Electrolytes
11. Heterocoagulation and Heteroadagulation of Colloidal Systems
12. Coagulation Under the Action of Physical Factors
Chapter 10. STRUCTURAL-MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF DISPERSED SYSTEMS
1. Origination and Characteristics of Structures in Colloidal Systems
2. Viscosity of True and Colloidal Solutions
3. Structural Viscosity
4. Mechanical Properties of Colloidal Systems Exhibiting True Elasticity
5. Dependence of the Viscosity of Colloidal Systems on the Concentration of the Dispersed Phase
Chapter 11. SYSTEMS HAVING A GASEOUS DISPERSION MEDIUM
1. General Characteristics of Aerosols
2. Powders and Their Properties
3. Methods of Obtaining Aerosols
4. Methods of Destroying Aerosols
5. Practical Importance of Aerosols
Chapter 12. SYSTEMS HAVING LIQUID AND SOLID DISPERSED PHASES
1. Suspensions
2. Emulsions
3. Lattices
4. Foams
5. Systems Having a Solid Dispersion Medium
Chapter 13. COLLOIDAL SURFACTANTS
1. Principal Concepts and Classification of Colloidal Surfactants
2. State of Surfactants in a Solution
3. Stabilizing Action of Surfactants
4. Solubilization in Surfactant Solutions
5. Practical Importance of Colloidal Surfactant Solutions
6. Tannins and Dyes
Chapter 14. NATURE AND SOME PROPERTIES OF SOLUTIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES
1. General Information on Macromolecular Substances
2. Polydispersity and Molecular Weight of Macromolecular Substances
3. Structure of Macromolecules and Structure of Macromolecular Substances
4. Theories of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
5. Thermodynamics of Dissolution of Macromolecular Substances
6. Swelling of Macromolecular Substances
7. Some Properties of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
8. Polyelectrolytes
9. Gels
Recommended Literature
Index
#1978 #adsorption #chemistry #coagulation #colloidChemistry #colloidalSystems #colloids #dispersedSystems #electrokineticPhenomena #macromolecularSubstances #sovietLiterature #surfactants
#adsorption #chemistry #coagulation #colloidchemistry #colloidalsystems #colloids
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-27 · 01:48 UTC
Colloid Chemistry by S. Voyutsky

This book is a translation of the second edition of the Russian textbook on colloid chemistry for institutes of chemical engineering (the first Russian edition was published in 1964). It explains the general concepts and laws of colloid chemistry and describes the properties of colloidal systems, the methods of investigating them, and the use of colloid chemistry for solving practical problems. The textbook has a chapter on high-molecular-weight substances and their solutions. The introduction, the chapters on adsorption, and the chapter on the stability and coagulation of colloidal systems have been extensively revised. The book may serve as a textbook for students and postgraduate students of chemical faculties of universities; it will also be of interest to researchers who wish to become acquainted with the modern state of colloid chemistry.

Prof. Sergei Voyutsky, D.Sc. (Chem.), heads the Colloid Chemistry Department of the Lomonosov Institute of Fine Chemical Technology. He specialises in adhesion and in the physico-chemical properties of lattices. He has published over 350 articles in Soviet and foreign journals. Prof. Voyutsky is the author of textbooks on colloid chemistry and polymer solutions, and also of monographs, some of which were translated and published in the United States, Japan, Poland, and other countries. He is a member of the editorial board of the journals Kauchuk i Rezin (Caoutchouc and Rubber) and Kolloidnyi Zhurnal (Colloid Journal).
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
CONTENTS
Preface
Author’s Preface
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION. COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF COLLOID CHEMISTRY
1. Concept of Colloidal Systems and the Definition of Colloid Chemistry as a Science
2. Measure of Dispersion
3. Heterogeneity of Colloidal Systems as Their Basic Distinction from Molecular Solutions
4. Disjoining Pressure
5. Effect of the Degree of Dispersion on the Properties of Disperse Systems
6. Classification of Colloidal and Microheterogeneous Systems
7. Importance of Colloidal Systems and Colloidal Processes in Nature and Engineering
Chapter 2. OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Light Scattering
2. Light Absorption
3. Colour of Colloidal Systems
4. Optical Methods of Investigating Colloidal Systems
Chapter 3. MOLECULAR-KINETIC PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Thermal Motion of Molecules and Brownian Motion
2. Diffusion in True Solutions and in Colloidal Systems
3. Osmotic Pressure
4. Sedimentation Stability
5. Sedimentation and Methods of Sedimentation Analysis
Chapter 4. SCIENCE OF ADSORPTION. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-GAS INTERFACE
1. Concept of Adsorption
2. Nature of Adsorption Forces
3. Langmuir’s Monomolecular Adsorption Theory
4. Polanyi’s Polymolecular Adsorption Theory and the BET (Brunauer, Emmett, and Teller) Theory
5. Capillary Condensation
6. Chemical Adsorption
7. Heat of Adsorption
8. Adsorption Rate
9. Effect of the Properties of the Adsorbent and the Adsorptive on Adsorption. Dynamic Adsorption. Adsorption from Mixtures of Gases
Chapter 5. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLUTION-GAS INTERFACE
1. Surface Tension
2. Concept of Surfactants
3. Gibbs’ Equation
4. Shishkovsky’s Equation. Transition from Gibbs’ Equation to Langmuir’s Equation
5. Effect of the Structure and Dimensions of a Surfactant Molecule on Adsorption at the Solution-Gas Interface. Traube’s Rule
6. Structure of the Adsorption Layer at the Solution-Gas Interface
7. Langmuir’s Balance. Determination of the Dimensions of Surfactant Molecules
Chapter 6. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-SOLUTION INTERFACE
1. Molecular Adsorption from Solutions
2. Ionic Adsorption
3. Exchange Adsorption
4. Wetting Phenomena
5. Adhesion
Chapter 7. ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Concept of Electrokinetic Phenomena
2. Structure of the Electric Double Layer
3. Effect of Different Factors on the Electrokinetic Potential
4. Electrophoresis and Electroosmosis
5. Determination of the Electrokinetic Potential
6. Practical Importance of Electrokinetic Phenomena
7. Other Electrical Properties of Colloidal Systems
Chapter 8. OBTAINING AND PURIFYING COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS. STRUCTURE OF COLLOIDAL MICELLES
1. Methods of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
2. Structure of Colloidal Micelles
3. Examples of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
4. Purifying Colloidal Systems
Chapter 9. STABILITY AND COAGULATION OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Kinetics of Coagulation
2. Stability of Thin Liquid Layers and the Energy of Interaction Between the Surfaces of Two Bodies
3. Change in the Energy of Interaction Between Micelles as They Approach One Another
4. Solvation of Particles. Structural-Mechanical and Entropy Factors of Stability
5. Rules of Coagulation by Electrolytes
6. Theories of Coagulation by Electrolytes
7. Effect of the Dimensions and Concentration of Particles on Their Interaction in Dispersed Systems
8. Importance of Adsorption Phenomena to Coagulation
9. Particular Phenomena Observed in Coagulation by Electrolytes
10. Coagulation of Sols Having a Non-Aqueous Medium by Electrolytes
11. Heterocoagulation and Heteroadagulation of Colloidal Systems
12. Coagulation Under the Action of Physical Factors
Chapter 10. STRUCTURAL-MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF DISPERSED SYSTEMS
1. Origination and Characteristics of Structures in Colloidal Systems
2. Viscosity of True and Colloidal Solutions
3. Structural Viscosity
4. Mechanical Properties of Colloidal Systems Exhibiting True Elasticity
5. Dependence of the Viscosity of Colloidal Systems on the Concentration of the Dispersed Phase
Chapter 11. SYSTEMS HAVING A GASEOUS DISPERSION MEDIUM
1. General Characteristics of Aerosols
2. Powders and Their Properties
3. Methods of Obtaining Aerosols
4. Methods of Destroying Aerosols
5. Practical Importance of Aerosols
Chapter 12. SYSTEMS HAVING LIQUID AND SOLID DISPERSED PHASES
1. Suspensions
2. Emulsions
3. Lattices
4. Foams
5. Systems Having a Solid Dispersion Medium
Chapter 13. COLLOIDAL SURFACTANTS
1. Principal Concepts and Classification of Colloidal Surfactants
2. State of Surfactants in a Solution
3. Stabilizing Action of Surfactants
4. Solubilization in Surfactant Solutions
5. Practical Importance of Colloidal Surfactant Solutions
6. Tannins and Dyes
Chapter 14. NATURE AND SOME PROPERTIES OF SOLUTIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES
1. General Information on Macromolecular Substances
2. Polydispersity and Molecular Weight of Macromolecular Substances
3. Structure of Macromolecules and Structure of Macromolecular Substances
4. Theories of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
5. Thermodynamics of Dissolution of Macromolecular Substances
6. Swelling of Macromolecular Substances
7. Some Properties of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
8. Polyelectrolytes
9. Gels
Recommended Literature
Index
#1978 #adsorption #chemistry #coagulation #colloidChemistry #colloidalSystems #colloids #dispersedSystems #electrokineticPhenomena #macromolecularSubstances #sovietLiterature #surfactants
#adsorption #chemistry #coagulation #colloidchemistry #colloidalsystems #colloids
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-27 · 01:48 UTC
Colloid Chemistry by S. Voyutsky

This book is a translation of the second edition of the Russian textbook on colloid chemistry for institutes of chemical engineering (the first Russian edition was published in 1964). It explains the general concepts and laws of colloid chemistry and describes the properties of colloidal systems, the methods of investigating them, and the use of colloid chemistry for solving practical problems. The textbook has a chapter on high-molecular-weight substances and their solutions. The introduction, the chapters on adsorption, and the chapter on the stability and coagulation of colloidal systems have been extensively revised. The book may serve as a textbook for students and postgraduate students of chemical faculties of universities; it will also be of interest to researchers who wish to become acquainted with the modern state of colloid chemistry.

Prof. Sergei Voyutsky, D.Sc. (Chem.), heads the Colloid Chemistry Department of the Lomonosov Institute of Fine Chemical Technology. He specialises in adhesion and in the physico-chemical properties of lattices. He has published over 350 articles in Soviet and foreign journals. Prof. Voyutsky is the author of textbooks on colloid chemistry and polymer solutions, and also of monographs, some of which were translated and published in the United States, Japan, Poland, and other countries. He is a member of the editorial board of the journals Kauchuk i Rezin (Caoutchouc and Rubber) and Kolloidnyi Zhurnal (Colloid Journal).
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
CONTENTS
Preface
Author’s Preface
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION. COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF COLLOID CHEMISTRY
1. Concept of Colloidal Systems and the Definition of Colloid Chemistry as a Science
2. Measure of Dispersion
3. Heterogeneity of Colloidal Systems as Their Basic Distinction from Molecular Solutions
4. Disjoining Pressure
5. Effect of the Degree of Dispersion on the Properties of Disperse Systems
6. Classification of Colloidal and Microheterogeneous Systems
7. Importance of Colloidal Systems and Colloidal Processes in Nature and Engineering
Chapter 2. OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Light Scattering
2. Light Absorption
3. Colour of Colloidal Systems
4. Optical Methods of Investigating Colloidal Systems
Chapter 3. MOLECULAR-KINETIC PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Thermal Motion of Molecules and Brownian Motion
2. Diffusion in True Solutions and in Colloidal Systems
3. Osmotic Pressure
4. Sedimentation Stability
5. Sedimentation and Methods of Sedimentation Analysis
Chapter 4. SCIENCE OF ADSORPTION. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-GAS INTERFACE
1. Concept of Adsorption
2. Nature of Adsorption Forces
3. Langmuir’s Monomolecular Adsorption Theory
4. Polanyi’s Polymolecular Adsorption Theory and the BET (Brunauer, Emmett, and Teller) Theory
5. Capillary Condensation
6. Chemical Adsorption
7. Heat of Adsorption
8. Adsorption Rate
9. Effect of the Properties of the Adsorbent and the Adsorptive on Adsorption. Dynamic Adsorption. Adsorption from Mixtures of Gases
Chapter 5. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLUTION-GAS INTERFACE
1. Surface Tension
2. Concept of Surfactants
3. Gibbs’ Equation
4. Shishkovsky’s Equation. Transition from Gibbs’ Equation to Langmuir’s Equation
5. Effect of the Structure and Dimensions of a Surfactant Molecule on Adsorption at the Solution-Gas Interface. Traube’s Rule
6. Structure of the Adsorption Layer at the Solution-Gas Interface
7. Langmuir’s Balance. Determination of the Dimensions of Surfactant Molecules
Chapter 6. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-SOLUTION INTERFACE
1. Molecular Adsorption from Solutions
2. Ionic Adsorption
3. Exchange Adsorption
4. Wetting Phenomena
5. Adhesion
Chapter 7. ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Concept of Electrokinetic Phenomena
2. Structure of the Electric Double Layer
3. Effect of Different Factors on the Electrokinetic Potential
4. Electrophoresis and Electroosmosis
5. Determination of the Electrokinetic Potential
6. Practical Importance of Electrokinetic Phenomena
7. Other Electrical Properties of Colloidal Systems
Chapter 8. OBTAINING AND PURIFYING COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS. STRUCTURE OF COLLOIDAL MICELLES
1. Methods of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
2. Structure of Colloidal Micelles
3. Examples of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
4. Purifying Colloidal Systems
Chapter 9. STABILITY AND COAGULATION OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Kinetics of Coagulation
2. Stability of Thin Liquid Layers and the Energy of Interaction Between the Surfaces of Two Bodies
3. Change in the Energy of Interaction Between Micelles as They Approach One Another
4. Solvation of Particles. Structural-Mechanical and Entropy Factors of Stability
5. Rules of Coagulation by Electrolytes
6. Theories of Coagulation by Electrolytes
7. Effect of the Dimensions and Concentration of Particles on Their Interaction in Dispersed Systems
8. Importance of Adsorption Phenomena to Coagulation
9. Particular Phenomena Observed in Coagulation by Electrolytes
10. Coagulation of Sols Having a Non-Aqueous Medium by Electrolytes
11. Heterocoagulation and Heteroadagulation of Colloidal Systems
12. Coagulation Under the Action of Physical Factors
Chapter 10. STRUCTURAL-MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF DISPERSED SYSTEMS
1. Origination and Characteristics of Structures in Colloidal Systems
2. Viscosity of True and Colloidal Solutions
3. Structural Viscosity
4. Mechanical Properties of Colloidal Systems Exhibiting True Elasticity
5. Dependence of the Viscosity of Colloidal Systems on the Concentration of the Dispersed Phase
Chapter 11. SYSTEMS HAVING A GASEOUS DISPERSION MEDIUM
1. General Characteristics of Aerosols
2. Powders and Their Properties
3. Methods of Obtaining Aerosols
4. Methods of Destroying Aerosols
5. Practical Importance of Aerosols
Chapter 12. SYSTEMS HAVING LIQUID AND SOLID DISPERSED PHASES
1. Suspensions
2. Emulsions
3. Lattices
4. Foams
5. Systems Having a Solid Dispersion Medium
Chapter 13. COLLOIDAL SURFACTANTS
1. Principal Concepts and Classification of Colloidal Surfactants
2. State of Surfactants in a Solution
3. Stabilizing Action of Surfactants
4. Solubilization in Surfactant Solutions
5. Practical Importance of Colloidal Surfactant Solutions
6. Tannins and Dyes
Chapter 14. NATURE AND SOME PROPERTIES OF SOLUTIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES
1. General Information on Macromolecular Substances
2. Polydispersity and Molecular Weight of Macromolecular Substances
3. Structure of Macromolecules and Structure of Macromolecular Substances
4. Theories of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
5. Thermodynamics of Dissolution of Macromolecular Substances
6. Swelling of Macromolecular Substances
7. Some Properties of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
8. Polyelectrolytes
9. Gels
Recommended Literature
Index
#1978 #adsorption #chemistry #coagulation #colloidChemistry #colloidalSystems #colloids #dispersedSystems #electrokineticPhenomena #macromolecularSubstances #sovietLiterature #surfactants
#surfactants #sovietliterature #macromolecularsubstances #electrokineticphenomena #dispersedsystems #colloids
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-27 · 01:48 UTC
Colloid Chemistry by S. Voyutsky

This book is a translation of the second edition of the Russian textbook on colloid chemistry for institutes of chemical engineering (the first Russian edition was published in 1964). It explains the general concepts and laws of colloid chemistry and describes the properties of colloidal systems, the methods of investigating them, and the use of colloid chemistry for solving practical problems. The textbook has a chapter on high-molecular-weight substances and their solutions. The introduction, the chapters on adsorption, and the chapter on the stability and coagulation of colloidal systems have been extensively revised. The book may serve as a textbook for students and postgraduate students of chemical faculties of universities; it will also be of interest to researchers who wish to become acquainted with the modern state of colloid chemistry.

Prof. Sergei Voyutsky, D.Sc. (Chem.), heads the Colloid Chemistry Department of the Lomonosov Institute of Fine Chemical Technology. He specialises in adhesion and in the physico-chemical properties of lattices. He has published over 350 articles in Soviet and foreign journals. Prof. Voyutsky is the author of textbooks on colloid chemistry and polymer solutions, and also of monographs, some of which were translated and published in the United States, Japan, Poland, and other countries. He is a member of the editorial board of the journals Kauchuk i Rezin (Caoutchouc and Rubber) and Kolloidnyi Zhurnal (Colloid Journal).
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
CONTENTS
Preface
Author’s Preface
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION. COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF COLLOID CHEMISTRY
1. Concept of Colloidal Systems and the Definition of Colloid Chemistry as a Science
2. Measure of Dispersion
3. Heterogeneity of Colloidal Systems as Their Basic Distinction from Molecular Solutions
4. Disjoining Pressure
5. Effect of the Degree of Dispersion on the Properties of Disperse Systems
6. Classification of Colloidal and Microheterogeneous Systems
7. Importance of Colloidal Systems and Colloidal Processes in Nature and Engineering
Chapter 2. OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Light Scattering
2. Light Absorption
3. Colour of Colloidal Systems
4. Optical Methods of Investigating Colloidal Systems
Chapter 3. MOLECULAR-KINETIC PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Thermal Motion of Molecules and Brownian Motion
2. Diffusion in True Solutions and in Colloidal Systems
3. Osmotic Pressure
4. Sedimentation Stability
5. Sedimentation and Methods of Sedimentation Analysis
Chapter 4. SCIENCE OF ADSORPTION. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-GAS INTERFACE
1. Concept of Adsorption
2. Nature of Adsorption Forces
3. Langmuir’s Monomolecular Adsorption Theory
4. Polanyi’s Polymolecular Adsorption Theory and the BET (Brunauer, Emmett, and Teller) Theory
5. Capillary Condensation
6. Chemical Adsorption
7. Heat of Adsorption
8. Adsorption Rate
9. Effect of the Properties of the Adsorbent and the Adsorptive on Adsorption. Dynamic Adsorption. Adsorption from Mixtures of Gases
Chapter 5. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLUTION-GAS INTERFACE
1. Surface Tension
2. Concept of Surfactants
3. Gibbs’ Equation
4. Shishkovsky’s Equation. Transition from Gibbs’ Equation to Langmuir’s Equation
5. Effect of the Structure and Dimensions of a Surfactant Molecule on Adsorption at the Solution-Gas Interface. Traube’s Rule
6. Structure of the Adsorption Layer at the Solution-Gas Interface
7. Langmuir’s Balance. Determination of the Dimensions of Surfactant Molecules
Chapter 6. ADSORPTION AT THE SOLID-SOLUTION INTERFACE
1. Molecular Adsorption from Solutions
2. Ionic Adsorption
3. Exchange Adsorption
4. Wetting Phenomena
5. Adhesion
Chapter 7. ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Concept of Electrokinetic Phenomena
2. Structure of the Electric Double Layer
3. Effect of Different Factors on the Electrokinetic Potential
4. Electrophoresis and Electroosmosis
5. Determination of the Electrokinetic Potential
6. Practical Importance of Electrokinetic Phenomena
7. Other Electrical Properties of Colloidal Systems
Chapter 8. OBTAINING AND PURIFYING COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS. STRUCTURE OF COLLOIDAL MICELLES
1. Methods of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
2. Structure of Colloidal Micelles
3. Examples of Obtaining Colloidal Systems
4. Purifying Colloidal Systems
Chapter 9. STABILITY AND COAGULATION OF COLLOIDAL SYSTEMS
1. Kinetics of Coagulation
2. Stability of Thin Liquid Layers and the Energy of Interaction Between the Surfaces of Two Bodies
3. Change in the Energy of Interaction Between Micelles as They Approach One Another
4. Solvation of Particles. Structural-Mechanical and Entropy Factors of Stability
5. Rules of Coagulation by Electrolytes
6. Theories of Coagulation by Electrolytes
7. Effect of the Dimensions and Concentration of Particles on Their Interaction in Dispersed Systems
8. Importance of Adsorption Phenomena to Coagulation
9. Particular Phenomena Observed in Coagulation by Electrolytes
10. Coagulation of Sols Having a Non-Aqueous Medium by Electrolytes
11. Heterocoagulation and Heteroadagulation of Colloidal Systems
12. Coagulation Under the Action of Physical Factors
Chapter 10. STRUCTURAL-MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF DISPERSED SYSTEMS
1. Origination and Characteristics of Structures in Colloidal Systems
2. Viscosity of True and Colloidal Solutions
3. Structural Viscosity
4. Mechanical Properties of Colloidal Systems Exhibiting True Elasticity
5. Dependence of the Viscosity of Colloidal Systems on the Concentration of the Dispersed Phase
Chapter 11. SYSTEMS HAVING A GASEOUS DISPERSION MEDIUM
1. General Characteristics of Aerosols
2. Powders and Their Properties
3. Methods of Obtaining Aerosols
4. Methods of Destroying Aerosols
5. Practical Importance of Aerosols
Chapter 12. SYSTEMS HAVING LIQUID AND SOLID DISPERSED PHASES
1. Suspensions
2. Emulsions
3. Lattices
4. Foams
5. Systems Having a Solid Dispersion Medium
Chapter 13. COLLOIDAL SURFACTANTS
1. Principal Concepts and Classification of Colloidal Surfactants
2. State of Surfactants in a Solution
3. Stabilizing Action of Surfactants
4. Solubilization in Surfactant Solutions
5. Practical Importance of Colloidal Surfactant Solutions
6. Tannins and Dyes
Chapter 14. NATURE AND SOME PROPERTIES OF SOLUTIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES
1. General Information on Macromolecular Substances
2. Polydispersity and Molecular Weight of Macromolecular Substances
3. Structure of Macromolecules and Structure of Macromolecular Substances
4. Theories of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
5. Thermodynamics of Dissolution of Macromolecular Substances
6. Swelling of Macromolecular Substances
7. Some Properties of Solutions of Macromolecular Substances
8. Polyelectrolytes
9. Gels
Recommended Literature
Index
#1978 #adsorption #chemistry #coagulation #colloidChemistry #colloidalSystems #colloids #dispersedSystems #electrokineticPhenomena #macromolecularSubstances #sovietLiterature #surfactants
#adsorption #chemistry #coagulation #colloidchemistry #colloidalsystems #colloids
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-25 · 01:39 UTC

Heat And Mass Transfer by A. Luikov

The present book was written by the outstanding Soviet scientist, academician of the Belarusian Academy of Sciences, Professor Aleksei V. Luikov, not long before his death in 1974. This is the amended and supplemented second edition of the popular reference book published in 1972.
Heat- and mass-transfer theory deals with the transfer of energy (heat), momentum, and mass, and embraces some sections of molecular physics, aerohydrodynamics, reversible and irreversible thermodynamics, physicochemistry of surface effects, and chemical engineering. Convective diffusion transfer processes are considered in terms of irreversible and nonlinear thermodynamics of continua. In this second edition, considerable attention and space have been devoted to asymmetric hydrodynamics due to the increasing importance of rheological materials, for which classical transfer equations are not applicable. Transfer equations based on nonlinear relations with memory govern transfer phenomena in such materials more accurately.
The chapters “Heat Conduction” and “Convective Heat Transfer” have been amended and supplemented. In the solution of convective heat transfer problems, the author substituted fourth-kind boundary conditions for boundary conditions of the third kind. In all cases, heat transfer in fluids is analysed jointly with heat transfer in a solid wall.
The chapter “Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies” is supplemented with a theoretical analysis of mass transfer in such materials in the presence of phase conversions (liquid evaporation), which is of great practical importance for the development of calculation procedures for transpiration cooling and duration of drying processes.
The sixth chapter entitled “Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory” comprises an analysis of the differential heat and moisture transfer equations in capillary-porous colloid materials during limit transitions, which is applicable to drying processes and experimental methods of determining thermophysical properties.
Translated from the Russian by T. Kortneva.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Editor’s Preface to the Russian Edition
Author’s Preface to the First Edition
Chapter 1. Convective Diffusional Transfer
1-1. Basic Analytical Relations
1-2. Differential Transfer Equations
1-3. Thermodynamics of Transfer Processes
1-4. Multicomponent Mixtures
1-5. Derivation of Transfer Equations on the Basis of the Kinetic Theory of Gases
1-6. Transfer Equations for Asymmetric Fluids
1-7. Hydrodynamics of a Vortex Structure Fluid
1-8. Inhomogeneous Turbulence Heat Transfer
1-9. Elements of Nonlinear Thermomechanics in Continua
1-10. Distinguishing Features of Rheological Hydrodynamics
1-11. On Hyperbolic Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
Chapter 2. Heat Conduction
2-1. Differential Equation of Heat Conduction
2-2. Initial and Boundary Conditions
2-3. Heat Consumption Calculation Methods
2-4. Methods of Solving Heat-Conduction Problems
2-5. Steady-State Temperature Field
2-6. Solution of Steady-State Problems by the Conformal Mapping Technique
2-7. One-Dimensional Unsteady-State Field (Plate, Cylinder)
2-8. Temperature Waves
2-9. Boundary Conditions of the Fourth Kind
2-10. Two- and Three-Dimensional Problems
Chapter 3. Convective Heat Transfer
3-1. Heat and Mass Transfer in a Flow past a Flat Plate
3-2. Simultaneous Heat and Mass Transfer in a Laminar Flow past a Flat Plate
3-3. Heat and Mass Transfer in Pipe Flows and in Flows past Complex Geometries
3-4. Simultaneous Turbulent Heat and Mass Transfer
3-5. Free Convection
3-6. Thermoconvective Waves
Chapter 4. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-1. Physical Basis of Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-2. Conjugation Number
4-3. Approximate Solution of Problems for a Plate in a Laminar Flow
4-4. Exact Solutions of Heat-Transfer Problems for a Plate (with a Heat Source) in Compressible Gas Flow
4-5. Asymmetric Problems without a Heat Source
4-6. Internal Conjugate Problems
4-7. Unsteady-State Heat Transfer with Laminar Flow of Incompressible Fluid in Plane and Circular Tubes
4-8. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problem with Turbulent Fluid Flow
Chapter 5. Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies
5-1. Structural Properties
5-2. Thermodynamics of Surface Effects
5-3. Averaging Rules
5-4. Thermodynamic Properties of Moisture Transfer
5-5. Molecular-Kinetic Method
5-6. Heat Conduction in Capillary-Porous and Disperse Materials
5-7. Moisture Transfer in Porous Materials
5-8. Application of Capillary-Porous Materials in Space Engineering
5-9. Transfer Effects under Conditions of Weightlessness
5-10. Heat Pipes
Chapter 6. Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory
6-1. Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-2. Differential Moisture-Transfer Equations in Drying Processes
6-3. Generalized System of Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-4. Mass Transfer Similarity Numbers
6-5. Solution of Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations at Generalized Boundary Conditions
6-6. Boundary Conditions of the Third Kind
6-7. Differential Equations of Filtration Through Porous Materials
6-8. Diffusion Through Porous Materials
6-9. Hyperbolic Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations and Their Solutions
References
Index
#1980 #engineering #physics #sovietLiterature #thermalSystems #thermodynamics

#engineering #physics #sovietliterature #thermalsystems #thermodynamics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-25 · 01:39 UTC

Heat And Mass Transfer by A. Luikov

The present book was written by the outstanding Soviet scientist, academician of the Belarusian Academy of Sciences, Professor Aleksei V. Luikov, not long before his death in 1974. This is the amended and supplemented second edition of the popular reference book published in 1972.
Heat- and mass-transfer theory deals with the transfer of energy (heat), momentum, and mass, and embraces some sections of molecular physics, aerohydrodynamics, reversible and irreversible thermodynamics, physicochemistry of surface effects, and chemical engineering. Convective diffusion transfer processes are considered in terms of irreversible and nonlinear thermodynamics of continua. In this second edition, considerable attention and space have been devoted to asymmetric hydrodynamics due to the increasing importance of rheological materials, for which classical transfer equations are not applicable. Transfer equations based on nonlinear relations with memory govern transfer phenomena in such materials more accurately.
The chapters “Heat Conduction” and “Convective Heat Transfer” have been amended and supplemented. In the solution of convective heat transfer problems, the author substituted fourth-kind boundary conditions for boundary conditions of the third kind. In all cases, heat transfer in fluids is analysed jointly with heat transfer in a solid wall.
The chapter “Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies” is supplemented with a theoretical analysis of mass transfer in such materials in the presence of phase conversions (liquid evaporation), which is of great practical importance for the development of calculation procedures for transpiration cooling and duration of drying processes.
The sixth chapter entitled “Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory” comprises an analysis of the differential heat and moisture transfer equations in capillary-porous colloid materials during limit transitions, which is applicable to drying processes and experimental methods of determining thermophysical properties.
Translated from the Russian by T. Kortneva.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Editor’s Preface to the Russian Edition
Author’s Preface to the First Edition
Chapter 1. Convective Diffusional Transfer
1-1. Basic Analytical Relations
1-2. Differential Transfer Equations
1-3. Thermodynamics of Transfer Processes
1-4. Multicomponent Mixtures
1-5. Derivation of Transfer Equations on the Basis of the Kinetic Theory of Gases
1-6. Transfer Equations for Asymmetric Fluids
1-7. Hydrodynamics of a Vortex Structure Fluid
1-8. Inhomogeneous Turbulence Heat Transfer
1-9. Elements of Nonlinear Thermomechanics in Continua
1-10. Distinguishing Features of Rheological Hydrodynamics
1-11. On Hyperbolic Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
Chapter 2. Heat Conduction
2-1. Differential Equation of Heat Conduction
2-2. Initial and Boundary Conditions
2-3. Heat Consumption Calculation Methods
2-4. Methods of Solving Heat-Conduction Problems
2-5. Steady-State Temperature Field
2-6. Solution of Steady-State Problems by the Conformal Mapping Technique
2-7. One-Dimensional Unsteady-State Field (Plate, Cylinder)
2-8. Temperature Waves
2-9. Boundary Conditions of the Fourth Kind
2-10. Two- and Three-Dimensional Problems
Chapter 3. Convective Heat Transfer
3-1. Heat and Mass Transfer in a Flow past a Flat Plate
3-2. Simultaneous Heat and Mass Transfer in a Laminar Flow past a Flat Plate
3-3. Heat and Mass Transfer in Pipe Flows and in Flows past Complex Geometries
3-4. Simultaneous Turbulent Heat and Mass Transfer
3-5. Free Convection
3-6. Thermoconvective Waves
Chapter 4. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-1. Physical Basis of Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-2. Conjugation Number
4-3. Approximate Solution of Problems for a Plate in a Laminar Flow
4-4. Exact Solutions of Heat-Transfer Problems for a Plate (with a Heat Source) in Compressible Gas Flow
4-5. Asymmetric Problems without a Heat Source
4-6. Internal Conjugate Problems
4-7. Unsteady-State Heat Transfer with Laminar Flow of Incompressible Fluid in Plane and Circular Tubes
4-8. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problem with Turbulent Fluid Flow
Chapter 5. Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies
5-1. Structural Properties
5-2. Thermodynamics of Surface Effects
5-3. Averaging Rules
5-4. Thermodynamic Properties of Moisture Transfer
5-5. Molecular-Kinetic Method
5-6. Heat Conduction in Capillary-Porous and Disperse Materials
5-7. Moisture Transfer in Porous Materials
5-8. Application of Capillary-Porous Materials in Space Engineering
5-9. Transfer Effects under Conditions of Weightlessness
5-10. Heat Pipes
Chapter 6. Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory
6-1. Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-2. Differential Moisture-Transfer Equations in Drying Processes
6-3. Generalized System of Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-4. Mass Transfer Similarity Numbers
6-5. Solution of Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations at Generalized Boundary Conditions
6-6. Boundary Conditions of the Third Kind
6-7. Differential Equations of Filtration Through Porous Materials
6-8. Diffusion Through Porous Materials
6-9. Hyperbolic Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations and Their Solutions
References
Index
#1980 #engineering #physics #sovietLiterature #thermalSystems #thermodynamics

#engineering #physics #sovietliterature #thermalsystems #thermodynamics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-25 · 01:39 UTC

Heat And Mass Transfer by A. Luikov

The present book was written by the outstanding Soviet scientist, academician of the Belarusian Academy of Sciences, Professor Aleksei V. Luikov, not long before his death in 1974. This is the amended and supplemented second edition of the popular reference book published in 1972.
Heat- and mass-transfer theory deals with the transfer of energy (heat), momentum, and mass, and embraces some sections of molecular physics, aerohydrodynamics, reversible and irreversible thermodynamics, physicochemistry of surface effects, and chemical engineering. Convective diffusion transfer processes are considered in terms of irreversible and nonlinear thermodynamics of continua. In this second edition, considerable attention and space have been devoted to asymmetric hydrodynamics due to the increasing importance of rheological materials, for which classical transfer equations are not applicable. Transfer equations based on nonlinear relations with memory govern transfer phenomena in such materials more accurately.
The chapters “Heat Conduction” and “Convective Heat Transfer” have been amended and supplemented. In the solution of convective heat transfer problems, the author substituted fourth-kind boundary conditions for boundary conditions of the third kind. In all cases, heat transfer in fluids is analysed jointly with heat transfer in a solid wall.
The chapter “Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies” is supplemented with a theoretical analysis of mass transfer in such materials in the presence of phase conversions (liquid evaporation), which is of great practical importance for the development of calculation procedures for transpiration cooling and duration of drying processes.
The sixth chapter entitled “Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory” comprises an analysis of the differential heat and moisture transfer equations in capillary-porous colloid materials during limit transitions, which is applicable to drying processes and experimental methods of determining thermophysical properties.
Translated from the Russian by T. Kortneva.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Editor’s Preface to the Russian Edition
Author’s Preface to the First Edition
Chapter 1. Convective Diffusional Transfer
1-1. Basic Analytical Relations
1-2. Differential Transfer Equations
1-3. Thermodynamics of Transfer Processes
1-4. Multicomponent Mixtures
1-5. Derivation of Transfer Equations on the Basis of the Kinetic Theory of Gases
1-6. Transfer Equations for Asymmetric Fluids
1-7. Hydrodynamics of a Vortex Structure Fluid
1-8. Inhomogeneous Turbulence Heat Transfer
1-9. Elements of Nonlinear Thermomechanics in Continua
1-10. Distinguishing Features of Rheological Hydrodynamics
1-11. On Hyperbolic Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
Chapter 2. Heat Conduction
2-1. Differential Equation of Heat Conduction
2-2. Initial and Boundary Conditions
2-3. Heat Consumption Calculation Methods
2-4. Methods of Solving Heat-Conduction Problems
2-5. Steady-State Temperature Field
2-6. Solution of Steady-State Problems by the Conformal Mapping Technique
2-7. One-Dimensional Unsteady-State Field (Plate, Cylinder)
2-8. Temperature Waves
2-9. Boundary Conditions of the Fourth Kind
2-10. Two- and Three-Dimensional Problems
Chapter 3. Convective Heat Transfer
3-1. Heat and Mass Transfer in a Flow past a Flat Plate
3-2. Simultaneous Heat and Mass Transfer in a Laminar Flow past a Flat Plate
3-3. Heat and Mass Transfer in Pipe Flows and in Flows past Complex Geometries
3-4. Simultaneous Turbulent Heat and Mass Transfer
3-5. Free Convection
3-6. Thermoconvective Waves
Chapter 4. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-1. Physical Basis of Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-2. Conjugation Number
4-3. Approximate Solution of Problems for a Plate in a Laminar Flow
4-4. Exact Solutions of Heat-Transfer Problems for a Plate (with a Heat Source) in Compressible Gas Flow
4-5. Asymmetric Problems without a Heat Source
4-6. Internal Conjugate Problems
4-7. Unsteady-State Heat Transfer with Laminar Flow of Incompressible Fluid in Plane and Circular Tubes
4-8. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problem with Turbulent Fluid Flow
Chapter 5. Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies
5-1. Structural Properties
5-2. Thermodynamics of Surface Effects
5-3. Averaging Rules
5-4. Thermodynamic Properties of Moisture Transfer
5-5. Molecular-Kinetic Method
5-6. Heat Conduction in Capillary-Porous and Disperse Materials
5-7. Moisture Transfer in Porous Materials
5-8. Application of Capillary-Porous Materials in Space Engineering
5-9. Transfer Effects under Conditions of Weightlessness
5-10. Heat Pipes
Chapter 6. Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory
6-1. Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-2. Differential Moisture-Transfer Equations in Drying Processes
6-3. Generalized System of Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-4. Mass Transfer Similarity Numbers
6-5. Solution of Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations at Generalized Boundary Conditions
6-6. Boundary Conditions of the Third Kind
6-7. Differential Equations of Filtration Through Porous Materials
6-8. Diffusion Through Porous Materials
6-9. Hyperbolic Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations and Their Solutions
References
Index
#1980 #engineering #physics #sovietLiterature #thermalSystems #thermodynamics

#engineering #physics #sovietliterature #thermalsystems #thermodynamics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-25 · 01:39 UTC

Heat And Mass Transfer by A. Luikov

The present book was written by the outstanding Soviet scientist, academician of the Belarusian Academy of Sciences, Professor Aleksei V. Luikov, not long before his death in 1974. This is the amended and supplemented second edition of the popular reference book published in 1972.
Heat- and mass-transfer theory deals with the transfer of energy (heat), momentum, and mass, and embraces some sections of molecular physics, aerohydrodynamics, reversible and irreversible thermodynamics, physicochemistry of surface effects, and chemical engineering. Convective diffusion transfer processes are considered in terms of irreversible and nonlinear thermodynamics of continua. In this second edition, considerable attention and space have been devoted to asymmetric hydrodynamics due to the increasing importance of rheological materials, for which classical transfer equations are not applicable. Transfer equations based on nonlinear relations with memory govern transfer phenomena in such materials more accurately.
The chapters “Heat Conduction” and “Convective Heat Transfer” have been amended and supplemented. In the solution of convective heat transfer problems, the author substituted fourth-kind boundary conditions for boundary conditions of the third kind. In all cases, heat transfer in fluids is analysed jointly with heat transfer in a solid wall.
The chapter “Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies” is supplemented with a theoretical analysis of mass transfer in such materials in the presence of phase conversions (liquid evaporation), which is of great practical importance for the development of calculation procedures for transpiration cooling and duration of drying processes.
The sixth chapter entitled “Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory” comprises an analysis of the differential heat and moisture transfer equations in capillary-porous colloid materials during limit transitions, which is applicable to drying processes and experimental methods of determining thermophysical properties.
Translated from the Russian by T. Kortneva.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Editor’s Preface to the Russian Edition
Author’s Preface to the First Edition
Chapter 1. Convective Diffusional Transfer
1-1. Basic Analytical Relations
1-2. Differential Transfer Equations
1-3. Thermodynamics of Transfer Processes
1-4. Multicomponent Mixtures
1-5. Derivation of Transfer Equations on the Basis of the Kinetic Theory of Gases
1-6. Transfer Equations for Asymmetric Fluids
1-7. Hydrodynamics of a Vortex Structure Fluid
1-8. Inhomogeneous Turbulence Heat Transfer
1-9. Elements of Nonlinear Thermomechanics in Continua
1-10. Distinguishing Features of Rheological Hydrodynamics
1-11. On Hyperbolic Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
Chapter 2. Heat Conduction
2-1. Differential Equation of Heat Conduction
2-2. Initial and Boundary Conditions
2-3. Heat Consumption Calculation Methods
2-4. Methods of Solving Heat-Conduction Problems
2-5. Steady-State Temperature Field
2-6. Solution of Steady-State Problems by the Conformal Mapping Technique
2-7. One-Dimensional Unsteady-State Field (Plate, Cylinder)
2-8. Temperature Waves
2-9. Boundary Conditions of the Fourth Kind
2-10. Two- and Three-Dimensional Problems
Chapter 3. Convective Heat Transfer
3-1. Heat and Mass Transfer in a Flow past a Flat Plate
3-2. Simultaneous Heat and Mass Transfer in a Laminar Flow past a Flat Plate
3-3. Heat and Mass Transfer in Pipe Flows and in Flows past Complex Geometries
3-4. Simultaneous Turbulent Heat and Mass Transfer
3-5. Free Convection
3-6. Thermoconvective Waves
Chapter 4. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-1. Physical Basis of Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-2. Conjugation Number
4-3. Approximate Solution of Problems for a Plate in a Laminar Flow
4-4. Exact Solutions of Heat-Transfer Problems for a Plate (with a Heat Source) in Compressible Gas Flow
4-5. Asymmetric Problems without a Heat Source
4-6. Internal Conjugate Problems
4-7. Unsteady-State Heat Transfer with Laminar Flow of Incompressible Fluid in Plane and Circular Tubes
4-8. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problem with Turbulent Fluid Flow
Chapter 5. Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies
5-1. Structural Properties
5-2. Thermodynamics of Surface Effects
5-3. Averaging Rules
5-4. Thermodynamic Properties of Moisture Transfer
5-5. Molecular-Kinetic Method
5-6. Heat Conduction in Capillary-Porous and Disperse Materials
5-7. Moisture Transfer in Porous Materials
5-8. Application of Capillary-Porous Materials in Space Engineering
5-9. Transfer Effects under Conditions of Weightlessness
5-10. Heat Pipes
Chapter 6. Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory
6-1. Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-2. Differential Moisture-Transfer Equations in Drying Processes
6-3. Generalized System of Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-4. Mass Transfer Similarity Numbers
6-5. Solution of Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations at Generalized Boundary Conditions
6-6. Boundary Conditions of the Third Kind
6-7. Differential Equations of Filtration Through Porous Materials
6-8. Diffusion Through Porous Materials
6-9. Hyperbolic Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations and Their Solutions
References
Index
#1980 #engineering #physics #sovietLiterature #thermalSystems #thermodynamics

#thermodynamics #thermalsystems #sovietliterature #physics #engineering
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-25 · 01:39 UTC

Heat And Mass Transfer by A. Luikov

The present book was written by the outstanding Soviet scientist, academician of the Belarusian Academy of Sciences, Professor Aleksei V. Luikov, not long before his death in 1974. This is the amended and supplemented second edition of the popular reference book published in 1972.
Heat- and mass-transfer theory deals with the transfer of energy (heat), momentum, and mass, and embraces some sections of molecular physics, aerohydrodynamics, reversible and irreversible thermodynamics, physicochemistry of surface effects, and chemical engineering. Convective diffusion transfer processes are considered in terms of irreversible and nonlinear thermodynamics of continua. In this second edition, considerable attention and space have been devoted to asymmetric hydrodynamics due to the increasing importance of rheological materials, for which classical transfer equations are not applicable. Transfer equations based on nonlinear relations with memory govern transfer phenomena in such materials more accurately.
The chapters “Heat Conduction” and “Convective Heat Transfer” have been amended and supplemented. In the solution of convective heat transfer problems, the author substituted fourth-kind boundary conditions for boundary conditions of the third kind. In all cases, heat transfer in fluids is analysed jointly with heat transfer in a solid wall.
The chapter “Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies” is supplemented with a theoretical analysis of mass transfer in such materials in the presence of phase conversions (liquid evaporation), which is of great practical importance for the development of calculation procedures for transpiration cooling and duration of drying processes.
The sixth chapter entitled “Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory” comprises an analysis of the differential heat and moisture transfer equations in capillary-porous colloid materials during limit transitions, which is applicable to drying processes and experimental methods of determining thermophysical properties.
Translated from the Russian by T. Kortneva.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Editor’s Preface to the Russian Edition
Author’s Preface to the First Edition
Chapter 1. Convective Diffusional Transfer
1-1. Basic Analytical Relations
1-2. Differential Transfer Equations
1-3. Thermodynamics of Transfer Processes
1-4. Multicomponent Mixtures
1-5. Derivation of Transfer Equations on the Basis of the Kinetic Theory of Gases
1-6. Transfer Equations for Asymmetric Fluids
1-7. Hydrodynamics of a Vortex Structure Fluid
1-8. Inhomogeneous Turbulence Heat Transfer
1-9. Elements of Nonlinear Thermomechanics in Continua
1-10. Distinguishing Features of Rheological Hydrodynamics
1-11. On Hyperbolic Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
Chapter 2. Heat Conduction
2-1. Differential Equation of Heat Conduction
2-2. Initial and Boundary Conditions
2-3. Heat Consumption Calculation Methods
2-4. Methods of Solving Heat-Conduction Problems
2-5. Steady-State Temperature Field
2-6. Solution of Steady-State Problems by the Conformal Mapping Technique
2-7. One-Dimensional Unsteady-State Field (Plate, Cylinder)
2-8. Temperature Waves
2-9. Boundary Conditions of the Fourth Kind
2-10. Two- and Three-Dimensional Problems
Chapter 3. Convective Heat Transfer
3-1. Heat and Mass Transfer in a Flow past a Flat Plate
3-2. Simultaneous Heat and Mass Transfer in a Laminar Flow past a Flat Plate
3-3. Heat and Mass Transfer in Pipe Flows and in Flows past Complex Geometries
3-4. Simultaneous Turbulent Heat and Mass Transfer
3-5. Free Convection
3-6. Thermoconvective Waves
Chapter 4. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-1. Physical Basis of Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problems
4-2. Conjugation Number
4-3. Approximate Solution of Problems for a Plate in a Laminar Flow
4-4. Exact Solutions of Heat-Transfer Problems for a Plate (with a Heat Source) in Compressible Gas Flow
4-5. Asymmetric Problems without a Heat Source
4-6. Internal Conjugate Problems
4-7. Unsteady-State Heat Transfer with Laminar Flow of Incompressible Fluid in Plane and Circular Tubes
4-8. Conjugate Heat-Transfer Problem with Turbulent Fluid Flow
Chapter 5. Transport Phenomena in Capillary-Porous Bodies
5-1. Structural Properties
5-2. Thermodynamics of Surface Effects
5-3. Averaging Rules
5-4. Thermodynamic Properties of Moisture Transfer
5-5. Molecular-Kinetic Method
5-6. Heat Conduction in Capillary-Porous and Disperse Materials
5-7. Moisture Transfer in Porous Materials
5-8. Application of Capillary-Porous Materials in Space Engineering
5-9. Transfer Effects under Conditions of Weightlessness
5-10. Heat Pipes
Chapter 6. Analytical Heat and Mass Diffusion Theory
6-1. Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-2. Differential Moisture-Transfer Equations in Drying Processes
6-3. Generalized System of Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations
6-4. Mass Transfer Similarity Numbers
6-5. Solution of Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations at Generalized Boundary Conditions
6-6. Boundary Conditions of the Third Kind
6-7. Differential Equations of Filtration Through Porous Materials
6-8. Diffusion Through Porous Materials
6-9. Hyperbolic Differential Heat- and Mass-Transfer Equations and Their Solutions
References
Index
#1980 #engineering #physics #sovietLiterature #thermalSystems #thermodynamics

#engineering #physics #sovietliterature #thermalsystems #thermodynamics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-23 · 01:36 UTC

Foundations Of The Non Linear Theory Of Elasticity by V. V. Novozhilov

This book is based on a course of lectures given by the author in 1947 in the Mathematical-Mechanical Department of Leningrad National University. It is devoted to the exposition of the theory of elasticity without any assumptions restricting the magnitude of elongations, displacements, or angles of rotation. It also examines, in a general formulation, the connection between stresses and strains in an isotropic elastic body.
Translated from the First (1948) Russian Edition by F. Bagemihl, H. Komm, W. Seidel
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents
Preface
Chapter I. The Geometry of Strain
§ 1. Coordinates
§ 2. The Angles Determining the Directions of the Coordinate Lines
§ 3. Strain Components
§ 4. Transformation of Strain Components Under Change of Axes
§ 5. Principal Axes of Strain
§ 6. Transformation of the Parameters e_r and u Under Change of Coordinate Axes
§ 7. Geometrical Meaning of the Parameters
§ 8. Fibers Preserving Direction Under Deformation
§ 9. Invariants of Strain and Rotation
§ 10. The General Picture of the Deformation in the Neighborhood of an Arbitrary Point of the Body
§ 11. Change in Volume
§ 12. On the Magnitude of Elongations and Shears
§ 13. The Theory of Small Deformations
§ 14. The Case of Small Deformations and Small Angles of Rotation
§ 15. The Transition to the Equations of the Classical Theory
§ 16. On the Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter II. The Equilibrium of an Element of Volume of a Body
§ 17. Stresses
§ 18. Formulas for Transformation of Stress Components Under Change of Coordinate System
§ 19. Conditions for Equilibrium of an Elementary Parallelepiped Isolated From a Deformed Body
§ 20. Transformation of the Equations of Equilibrium of an Element of Volume to the Cartesian Coordinates of the Points of the Body Before Its Deformation
§ 21. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium in the Case of Small Elongations and Shears
§ 22. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium for Small Rotations
§ 23. Transition to the Classical Equations of Equilibrium
§ 24. Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter III. Strain Energy, Boundary Conditions, Stress-Strain Law
§ 25. Strain Energy
§ 26. The Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 27. Derivation of the Differential Equations of Equilibrium of a Deformed Isotropic Body from the Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 28. The Relation Between Stress and Strain Components
§ 29. Boundary Conditions
§ 30. The Simplification of the Derived Equations in the Case of a Small Deformation
§ 31. Hooke’s Law
§ 32. On the Applicability of Equations (III.38) to Elastic-Plastic Deformations
§ 33. On the Simplest Variants of Nonlinear Stress-Strain Relations
§ 34. Conclusion
Chapter IV. Formulation of Elastic Problems in Terms of Stresses
§ 35. Two Further Forms for the Equations of Equilibrium of a Volume Element
§ 36. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Deformations
§ 37. Still Another Form of the Boundary Conditions
§ 38. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Angles of Rotation
§ 39. The Generalization of Saint-Venant’s Relations to the Case of Large Rotations and Strains
§ 40. Simplification of the Equations (IV.26) for Small Deformations
§ 41. On the Formulation of the Problems of the Theory of Elasticity in Terms of Stresses and Strains
Chapter V. The Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 42. Nonuniqueness of Solutions in the Theory of Elasticity
§ 43. The Differential Equations Which Determine the Critical Loads
§ 44. Boundary Conditions of the Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 45. Energy Criterion for the Determination of Critical Loads
Chapter VI. On the Deformation of Flexible Bodies
§ 46. Deformation of Plates
§ 47. Two-Dimensional Deformation of an Infinitely Long Strip
§ 48. Deformation of Shells
§ 49. On the Nature of Kirchhoff’s Assumptions
§ 50. Deformation of Rods (First Approximation)
§ 51. Deformation of Rods (Second Approximation)
§ 52. Pure Torsion
§ 53. The Final Expressions for the Strain Components of a Thin Rod
§ 54. Conclusion
Bibliography
#1953 #mathematicalPhysics #mathematics #physics #sovietLiterature

#mathematicalphysics #mathematics #physics #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-23 · 01:36 UTC

Foundations Of The Non Linear Theory Of Elasticity by V. V. Novozhilov

This book is based on a course of lectures given by the author in 1947 in the Mathematical-Mechanical Department of Leningrad National University. It is devoted to the exposition of the theory of elasticity without any assumptions restricting the magnitude of elongations, displacements, or angles of rotation. It also examines, in a general formulation, the connection between stresses and strains in an isotropic elastic body.
Translated from the First (1948) Russian Edition by F. Bagemihl, H. Komm, W. Seidel
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents
Preface
Chapter I. The Geometry of Strain
§ 1. Coordinates
§ 2. The Angles Determining the Directions of the Coordinate Lines
§ 3. Strain Components
§ 4. Transformation of Strain Components Under Change of Axes
§ 5. Principal Axes of Strain
§ 6. Transformation of the Parameters e_r and u Under Change of Coordinate Axes
§ 7. Geometrical Meaning of the Parameters
§ 8. Fibers Preserving Direction Under Deformation
§ 9. Invariants of Strain and Rotation
§ 10. The General Picture of the Deformation in the Neighborhood of an Arbitrary Point of the Body
§ 11. Change in Volume
§ 12. On the Magnitude of Elongations and Shears
§ 13. The Theory of Small Deformations
§ 14. The Case of Small Deformations and Small Angles of Rotation
§ 15. The Transition to the Equations of the Classical Theory
§ 16. On the Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter II. The Equilibrium of an Element of Volume of a Body
§ 17. Stresses
§ 18. Formulas for Transformation of Stress Components Under Change of Coordinate System
§ 19. Conditions for Equilibrium of an Elementary Parallelepiped Isolated From a Deformed Body
§ 20. Transformation of the Equations of Equilibrium of an Element of Volume to the Cartesian Coordinates of the Points of the Body Before Its Deformation
§ 21. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium in the Case of Small Elongations and Shears
§ 22. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium for Small Rotations
§ 23. Transition to the Classical Equations of Equilibrium
§ 24. Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter III. Strain Energy, Boundary Conditions, Stress-Strain Law
§ 25. Strain Energy
§ 26. The Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 27. Derivation of the Differential Equations of Equilibrium of a Deformed Isotropic Body from the Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 28. The Relation Between Stress and Strain Components
§ 29. Boundary Conditions
§ 30. The Simplification of the Derived Equations in the Case of a Small Deformation
§ 31. Hooke’s Law
§ 32. On the Applicability of Equations (III.38) to Elastic-Plastic Deformations
§ 33. On the Simplest Variants of Nonlinear Stress-Strain Relations
§ 34. Conclusion
Chapter IV. Formulation of Elastic Problems in Terms of Stresses
§ 35. Two Further Forms for the Equations of Equilibrium of a Volume Element
§ 36. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Deformations
§ 37. Still Another Form of the Boundary Conditions
§ 38. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Angles of Rotation
§ 39. The Generalization of Saint-Venant’s Relations to the Case of Large Rotations and Strains
§ 40. Simplification of the Equations (IV.26) for Small Deformations
§ 41. On the Formulation of the Problems of the Theory of Elasticity in Terms of Stresses and Strains
Chapter V. The Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 42. Nonuniqueness of Solutions in the Theory of Elasticity
§ 43. The Differential Equations Which Determine the Critical Loads
§ 44. Boundary Conditions of the Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 45. Energy Criterion for the Determination of Critical Loads
Chapter VI. On the Deformation of Flexible Bodies
§ 46. Deformation of Plates
§ 47. Two-Dimensional Deformation of an Infinitely Long Strip
§ 48. Deformation of Shells
§ 49. On the Nature of Kirchhoff’s Assumptions
§ 50. Deformation of Rods (First Approximation)
§ 51. Deformation of Rods (Second Approximation)
§ 52. Pure Torsion
§ 53. The Final Expressions for the Strain Components of a Thin Rod
§ 54. Conclusion
Bibliography
#1953 #mathematicalPhysics #mathematics #physics #sovietLiterature

#mathematicalphysics #mathematics #physics #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-23 · 01:36 UTC

Foundations Of The Non Linear Theory Of Elasticity by V. V. Novozhilov

This book is based on a course of lectures given by the author in 1947 in the Mathematical-Mechanical Department of Leningrad National University. It is devoted to the exposition of the theory of elasticity without any assumptions restricting the magnitude of elongations, displacements, or angles of rotation. It also examines, in a general formulation, the connection between stresses and strains in an isotropic elastic body.
Translated from the First (1948) Russian Edition by F. Bagemihl, H. Komm, W. Seidel
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents
Preface
Chapter I. The Geometry of Strain
§ 1. Coordinates
§ 2. The Angles Determining the Directions of the Coordinate Lines
§ 3. Strain Components
§ 4. Transformation of Strain Components Under Change of Axes
§ 5. Principal Axes of Strain
§ 6. Transformation of the Parameters e_r and u Under Change of Coordinate Axes
§ 7. Geometrical Meaning of the Parameters
§ 8. Fibers Preserving Direction Under Deformation
§ 9. Invariants of Strain and Rotation
§ 10. The General Picture of the Deformation in the Neighborhood of an Arbitrary Point of the Body
§ 11. Change in Volume
§ 12. On the Magnitude of Elongations and Shears
§ 13. The Theory of Small Deformations
§ 14. The Case of Small Deformations and Small Angles of Rotation
§ 15. The Transition to the Equations of the Classical Theory
§ 16. On the Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter II. The Equilibrium of an Element of Volume of a Body
§ 17. Stresses
§ 18. Formulas for Transformation of Stress Components Under Change of Coordinate System
§ 19. Conditions for Equilibrium of an Elementary Parallelepiped Isolated From a Deformed Body
§ 20. Transformation of the Equations of Equilibrium of an Element of Volume to the Cartesian Coordinates of the Points of the Body Before Its Deformation
§ 21. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium in the Case of Small Elongations and Shears
§ 22. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium for Small Rotations
§ 23. Transition to the Classical Equations of Equilibrium
§ 24. Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter III. Strain Energy, Boundary Conditions, Stress-Strain Law
§ 25. Strain Energy
§ 26. The Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 27. Derivation of the Differential Equations of Equilibrium of a Deformed Isotropic Body from the Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 28. The Relation Between Stress and Strain Components
§ 29. Boundary Conditions
§ 30. The Simplification of the Derived Equations in the Case of a Small Deformation
§ 31. Hooke’s Law
§ 32. On the Applicability of Equations (III.38) to Elastic-Plastic Deformations
§ 33. On the Simplest Variants of Nonlinear Stress-Strain Relations
§ 34. Conclusion
Chapter IV. Formulation of Elastic Problems in Terms of Stresses
§ 35. Two Further Forms for the Equations of Equilibrium of a Volume Element
§ 36. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Deformations
§ 37. Still Another Form of the Boundary Conditions
§ 38. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Angles of Rotation
§ 39. The Generalization of Saint-Venant’s Relations to the Case of Large Rotations and Strains
§ 40. Simplification of the Equations (IV.26) for Small Deformations
§ 41. On the Formulation of the Problems of the Theory of Elasticity in Terms of Stresses and Strains
Chapter V. The Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 42. Nonuniqueness of Solutions in the Theory of Elasticity
§ 43. The Differential Equations Which Determine the Critical Loads
§ 44. Boundary Conditions of the Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 45. Energy Criterion for the Determination of Critical Loads
Chapter VI. On the Deformation of Flexible Bodies
§ 46. Deformation of Plates
§ 47. Two-Dimensional Deformation of an Infinitely Long Strip
§ 48. Deformation of Shells
§ 49. On the Nature of Kirchhoff’s Assumptions
§ 50. Deformation of Rods (First Approximation)
§ 51. Deformation of Rods (Second Approximation)
§ 52. Pure Torsion
§ 53. The Final Expressions for the Strain Components of a Thin Rod
§ 54. Conclusion
Bibliography
#1953 #mathematicalPhysics #mathematics #physics #sovietLiterature

#mathematicalphysics #mathematics #physics #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-23 · 01:36 UTC

Foundations Of The Non Linear Theory Of Elasticity by V. V. Novozhilov

This book is based on a course of lectures given by the author in 1947 in the Mathematical-Mechanical Department of Leningrad National University. It is devoted to the exposition of the theory of elasticity without any assumptions restricting the magnitude of elongations, displacements, or angles of rotation. It also examines, in a general formulation, the connection between stresses and strains in an isotropic elastic body.
Translated from the First (1948) Russian Edition by F. Bagemihl, H. Komm, W. Seidel
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents
Preface
Chapter I. The Geometry of Strain
§ 1. Coordinates
§ 2. The Angles Determining the Directions of the Coordinate Lines
§ 3. Strain Components
§ 4. Transformation of Strain Components Under Change of Axes
§ 5. Principal Axes of Strain
§ 6. Transformation of the Parameters e_r and u Under Change of Coordinate Axes
§ 7. Geometrical Meaning of the Parameters
§ 8. Fibers Preserving Direction Under Deformation
§ 9. Invariants of Strain and Rotation
§ 10. The General Picture of the Deformation in the Neighborhood of an Arbitrary Point of the Body
§ 11. Change in Volume
§ 12. On the Magnitude of Elongations and Shears
§ 13. The Theory of Small Deformations
§ 14. The Case of Small Deformations and Small Angles of Rotation
§ 15. The Transition to the Equations of the Classical Theory
§ 16. On the Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter II. The Equilibrium of an Element of Volume of a Body
§ 17. Stresses
§ 18. Formulas for Transformation of Stress Components Under Change of Coordinate System
§ 19. Conditions for Equilibrium of an Elementary Parallelepiped Isolated From a Deformed Body
§ 20. Transformation of the Equations of Equilibrium of an Element of Volume to the Cartesian Coordinates of the Points of the Body Before Its Deformation
§ 21. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium in the Case of Small Elongations and Shears
§ 22. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium for Small Rotations
§ 23. Transition to the Classical Equations of Equilibrium
§ 24. Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter III. Strain Energy, Boundary Conditions, Stress-Strain Law
§ 25. Strain Energy
§ 26. The Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 27. Derivation of the Differential Equations of Equilibrium of a Deformed Isotropic Body from the Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 28. The Relation Between Stress and Strain Components
§ 29. Boundary Conditions
§ 30. The Simplification of the Derived Equations in the Case of a Small Deformation
§ 31. Hooke’s Law
§ 32. On the Applicability of Equations (III.38) to Elastic-Plastic Deformations
§ 33. On the Simplest Variants of Nonlinear Stress-Strain Relations
§ 34. Conclusion
Chapter IV. Formulation of Elastic Problems in Terms of Stresses
§ 35. Two Further Forms for the Equations of Equilibrium of a Volume Element
§ 36. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Deformations
§ 37. Still Another Form of the Boundary Conditions
§ 38. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Angles of Rotation
§ 39. The Generalization of Saint-Venant’s Relations to the Case of Large Rotations and Strains
§ 40. Simplification of the Equations (IV.26) for Small Deformations
§ 41. On the Formulation of the Problems of the Theory of Elasticity in Terms of Stresses and Strains
Chapter V. The Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 42. Nonuniqueness of Solutions in the Theory of Elasticity
§ 43. The Differential Equations Which Determine the Critical Loads
§ 44. Boundary Conditions of the Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 45. Energy Criterion for the Determination of Critical Loads
Chapter VI. On the Deformation of Flexible Bodies
§ 46. Deformation of Plates
§ 47. Two-Dimensional Deformation of an Infinitely Long Strip
§ 48. Deformation of Shells
§ 49. On the Nature of Kirchhoff’s Assumptions
§ 50. Deformation of Rods (First Approximation)
§ 51. Deformation of Rods (Second Approximation)
§ 52. Pure Torsion
§ 53. The Final Expressions for the Strain Components of a Thin Rod
§ 54. Conclusion
Bibliography
#1953 #mathematicalPhysics #mathematics #physics #sovietLiterature

#sovietliterature #physics #mathematics #mathematicalphysics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-23 · 01:36 UTC

Foundations Of The Non Linear Theory Of Elasticity by V. V. Novozhilov

This book is based on a course of lectures given by the author in 1947 in the Mathematical-Mechanical Department of Leningrad National University. It is devoted to the exposition of the theory of elasticity without any assumptions restricting the magnitude of elongations, displacements, or angles of rotation. It also examines, in a general formulation, the connection between stresses and strains in an isotropic elastic body.
Translated from the First (1948) Russian Edition by F. Bagemihl, H. Komm, W. Seidel
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents
Preface
Chapter I. The Geometry of Strain
§ 1. Coordinates
§ 2. The Angles Determining the Directions of the Coordinate Lines
§ 3. Strain Components
§ 4. Transformation of Strain Components Under Change of Axes
§ 5. Principal Axes of Strain
§ 6. Transformation of the Parameters e_r and u Under Change of Coordinate Axes
§ 7. Geometrical Meaning of the Parameters
§ 8. Fibers Preserving Direction Under Deformation
§ 9. Invariants of Strain and Rotation
§ 10. The General Picture of the Deformation in the Neighborhood of an Arbitrary Point of the Body
§ 11. Change in Volume
§ 12. On the Magnitude of Elongations and Shears
§ 13. The Theory of Small Deformations
§ 14. The Case of Small Deformations and Small Angles of Rotation
§ 15. The Transition to the Equations of the Classical Theory
§ 16. On the Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter II. The Equilibrium of an Element of Volume of a Body
§ 17. Stresses
§ 18. Formulas for Transformation of Stress Components Under Change of Coordinate System
§ 19. Conditions for Equilibrium of an Elementary Parallelepiped Isolated From a Deformed Body
§ 20. Transformation of the Equations of Equilibrium of an Element of Volume to the Cartesian Coordinates of the Points of the Body Before Its Deformation
§ 21. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium in the Case of Small Elongations and Shears
§ 22. Simplification of the Equations of Equilibrium for Small Rotations
§ 23. Transition to the Classical Equations of Equilibrium
§ 24. Transition to Curvilinear Coordinates
Chapter III. Strain Energy, Boundary Conditions, Stress-Strain Law
§ 25. Strain Energy
§ 26. The Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 27. Derivation of the Differential Equations of Equilibrium of a Deformed Isotropic Body from the Principle of Virtual Displacements
§ 28. The Relation Between Stress and Strain Components
§ 29. Boundary Conditions
§ 30. The Simplification of the Derived Equations in the Case of a Small Deformation
§ 31. Hooke’s Law
§ 32. On the Applicability of Equations (III.38) to Elastic-Plastic Deformations
§ 33. On the Simplest Variants of Nonlinear Stress-Strain Relations
§ 34. Conclusion
Chapter IV. Formulation of Elastic Problems in Terms of Stresses
§ 35. Two Further Forms for the Equations of Equilibrium of a Volume Element
§ 36. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Deformations
§ 37. Still Another Form of the Boundary Conditions
§ 38. Simplification of Equations (IV.7) and (IV.8) for Small Angles of Rotation
§ 39. The Generalization of Saint-Venant’s Relations to the Case of Large Rotations and Strains
§ 40. Simplification of the Equations (IV.26) for Small Deformations
§ 41. On the Formulation of the Problems of the Theory of Elasticity in Terms of Stresses and Strains
Chapter V. The Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 42. Nonuniqueness of Solutions in the Theory of Elasticity
§ 43. The Differential Equations Which Determine the Critical Loads
§ 44. Boundary Conditions of the Problem of Elastic Stability
§ 45. Energy Criterion for the Determination of Critical Loads
Chapter VI. On the Deformation of Flexible Bodies
§ 46. Deformation of Plates
§ 47. Two-Dimensional Deformation of an Infinitely Long Strip
§ 48. Deformation of Shells
§ 49. On the Nature of Kirchhoff’s Assumptions
§ 50. Deformation of Rods (First Approximation)
§ 51. Deformation of Rods (Second Approximation)
§ 52. Pure Torsion
§ 53. The Final Expressions for the Strain Components of a Thin Rod
§ 54. Conclusion
Bibliography
#1953 #mathematicalPhysics #mathematics #physics #sovietLiterature

#mathematicalphysics #mathematics #physics #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-21 · 02:04 UTC
Introductory Mathematics For Engineers – Lectures In Higher Mathematics by A D. Myškis

Prof. Myškis’ Lectures on Higher Mathematics is a textbook designed to cover key mathematical concepts for engineering students and technical colleges. It emphasises fundamental ideas and their practical applications in specialised fields, presented in an intuitive and accessible manner without unnecessary pedantry. The book focuses on building understanding through intuitive explanations of mathematical concepts and making their applications straightforward. It is intended for engineering students but is also suitable for home study and self-improvement.
The author, Prof. Anatoly Myškis, D.Sc., is well known not only for his original research but also for his equally original approach to the teaching of higher mathematics. He is one of the founders of the theory of differential equations with retarded argument.
His publications include Linear Differential Equations with Retarded Argument, Elements of Applied Mathematics (co-author), and Special Courses in Mathematics for Technical Colleges.
Translated from the Russian by V. M. Volosov, D. Sc.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents
Chapter I. Variables and Functions
§ 1. Quantities
1. Concept of a Quantity
2. Dimensions of Quantities
3. Constants and Variables
4. Number Scale. Slide Rule
5. Characteristics of Variables
§ 2. Approximate Values of Quantities
6. The Notion of an Approximate Value
7. Errors
8. Writing Approximate Numbers
9. Addition and Subtraction of Approximate Numbers
10. Multiplication and Division of Approximate Numbers. General Remarks
§ 3. Functions and Graphs
11. Functional Relation
12. Notation
13. Methods of Representing Functions
14. Graphs of Functions
15. The Domain of Definition of a Function
16. Characteristics of Behaviour of Functions
17. Algebraic Classification of Functions
18. Elementary Functions
19. Transforming Graphs
20. Implicit Functions
21. Inverse Functions
§ 4. Review of Basic Functions
22. Linear Function
23. Quadratic Function
24. Power Function
25. Linear-Fractional Function
26. Logarithmic Function
27. Exponential Function
28. Hyperbolic Functions
29. Trigonometric Functions
30. Empirical Formulas
Chapter II. Plane Analytic Geometry
§ 1. Plane Coordinates
1. Cartesian Coordinates
2. Some Simple Problems Concerning Cartesian Coordinates
3. Polar Coordinates
§ 2. Curves in Plane
4. Equation of a Curve in Cartesian Coordinates
5. Equation of a Curve in Polar Coordinates
6. Parametric Representation of Curves and Functions
7. Algebraic Curves
8. Singular Cases
§ 3. First-Order and Second-Order Algebraic Curves
9. Curves of the First Order
10. Ellipse
11. Hyperbola
12. Relationship Between Ellipse, Hyperbola and Parabola
13. General Equation of a Curve of the Second Order
Chapter III. Limit. Continuity
§ 1. Infinitesimal and Infinitely Large Variables
1. Infinitesimal Variables
2. Properties of Infinitesimals
3. Infinitely Large Variables
§ 2. Limits
4. Definition
5. Properties of Limits
6. Sum of a Numerical Series
§ 3. Comparison of Variables
7. Comparison of Infinitesimals
8. Properties of Equivalent Infinitesimals
9. Important Examples
10. Orders of Smallness
11. Comparison of Infinitely Large Variables
§ 4. Continuous and Discontinuous Functions
12. Definition of a Continuous Function
13. Points of Discontinuity
14. Properties of Continuous Functions
15. Some Applications
Chapter IV. Derivatives, Differentials, Investigation of the Behaviour of Functions
§ 1. Derivative
1. Some Problems Leading to the Concept of a Derivative
2. Definition of Derivative
3. Geometrical Meaning of Derivative
4. Basic Properties of Derivatives
5. Derivatives of Basic Elementary Functions
6. Determining Tangent in Polar Coordinates
§ 2. Differential
7. Physical Examples
8. Definition of Differential and Its Connection with Increment
9. Properties of Differential
10. Application of Differentials to Approximate Calculations
§ 3. Derivatives and Differentials of Higher Orders
11. Derivatives of Higher Orders
12. Higher-Order Differentials
§ 4. V. H.ospital’s Rule
13. Indeterminate Forms of the Type 0/0
14. Indeterminate Forms of the Type ∞/∞
§ 5. Taylor’s Formula and Series
15. Taylor’s Formula
16. Taylor’s Series
§ 6. Intervals of Monotonicity. Extremum
17. Sign of Derivative
18. Points of Extremum
19. The Greatest and the Least Values of a Function
§ 7. Constructing Graphs of Functions
20. Intervals of Convexity of a Graph and Points of Inflection
21. Asymptotes of a Graph
22. General Scheme for Investigating a Function and Constructing Its Graph
Chapter V. Approximating Roots of Equations. Interpolation
§ 1. Approximating Roots of Equations
1. Introduction
2. Cut-and-Try Method. Method of Chords. Method of Tangents
3. Iterative Method
4. Formula of Finite Increments
  5*. Small Parameter Method
§ 2. Interpolation
6. Lagrange’s Interpolation Formula
7. Finite Differences and Their Connection with Derivatives
8. Newton’s Interpolation Formulas
9. Numerical Differentiation
Chapter VI. Determinants and Systems of Linear Algebraic Equations
§ 1. Determinants
1. Definition
2. Properties
3. Expanding a Determinant in Minors of Its Row or Column
§ 2. Systems of Linear Algebraic Equations
4. Basic Case
5. Numerical Solution
6. Singular Case
Chapter VII. Vectors
§ 1. Linear Operations on Vectors
1. Scalar and Vector Quantities
2. Addition of Vectors
3. Zero Vector and Subtraction of Vectors
4. Multiplying a Vector by a Scalar
5. Linear Combination of Vectors
§ 2. Scalar Product of Vectors
6. Projection of Vector on Axis
7. Scalar Product
8. Properties of Scalar Product
§ 3. Cartesian Coordinates in Space
9. Cartesian Coordinates in Space
10. Some Simple Problems Concerning Cartesian Coordinates
§ 4. Vector Product of Vectors
11. Orientation of Surface and Vector of Area
12. Vector Product
13. Properties of Vector Product
14*. Pseudovectors
§ 5. Products of Three Vectors
15. Triple Scalar Product
16. Triple Vector Product
§ 6. Linear Spaces
17. Concept of Linear Space
18. Examples
19. Dimension of Linear Space
20. Concept of Euclidean Space
21. Orthogonality
§ 7. Vector Functions of Scalar Argument. Curvature
22. Vector Variables
23. Vector Functions of Scalar Argument
24. Some Notions Related to the Second Derivative
25. Osculating Circle
26. Evolute and Evolvent
Chapter VIII. Complex Numbers and Functions
§ 1. Complex Numbers
1. Complex Plane
2. Algebraic Operations on Complex Numbers
3. Conjugate Complex Numbers
4. Euler’s Formula
5. Logarithms of Complex Numbers
§ 2. Complex Functions of a Real Argument
6. Definition and Properties
7*. Applications to Describing Oscillations
§ 3. The Concept of a Function of a Complex Variable
8. Factorization of a Polynomial
9*. Numerical Methods of Solving Algebraic Equations
10. Decomposition of a Rational Fraction into Partial Rational Fractions
11*. Some General Remarks on Functions of a Complex Variable
Chapter IX. Functions of Several Variables
§ 1. Functions of Two Variables
1. Methods of Representing
2. Domain of Definition
3. Linear Function
4. Continuity and Discontinuity
5. Implicit Functions
§ 2. Functions of Arbitrary Number of Variables
6. Methods of Representing
7. Functions of Three Arguments
8. General Case
9. Concept of Field
§ 3. Partial Derivatives and Differentials of the First Order
10. Basic Definitions
11. Total Differential
12. Derivative of Composite Function
13. Derivative of Implicit Function
§ 4. Partial Derivatives and Differentials of Higher Orders
14. Definitions
15. Equality of Mixed Derivatives
16. Total Differentials of Higher Order
Chapter X. Solid Analytic Geometry
§ 1. Space Coordinates
1. Coordinate Systems in Space
  2*. Degrees of Freedom
§ 2. Surfaces and Curves in Space
3. Surfaces in Space
4. Cylinders, Cones and Surfaces of Evolution
5. Curves in Space
6. Parametric Representation of Surfaces in Space. Parametric Representation of Functions of Several Variables
§ 3. Algebraic Surfaces of the First and the Second Orders
7. Algebraic Surfaces of the First Order
8. Ellipsoid
9. Hyperboloids
10. Paraboloids
11. General Review of Algebraic Surfaces of the Second Order
Chapter XI. Matrices and Their Applications
§ 1. Matrices
1. Definitions
2. Operations on Matrices
3. Inverse Matrix
4. Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues of a Matrix
5. The Rank of a Matrix
§ 2. Linear Mappings
6. Linear Mapping and Its Matrix
7. Transformation of the Matrix of a Linear Mapping When the Basis Is Changed
8. The Matrix of a Mapping Relative to the Basis Consisting of Its Eigenvectors
9. Transforming Cartesian Basis
10. Symmetric Matrices
§ 3. Quadratic Forms
11. Quadratic Forms
12. Simplification of Equations of Second-Order Curves and Surfaces
§ 4. Non-Linear Mappings
13*. General Notions
14*. Non-Linear Mapping in the Small
15*. Functional Relation Between Functions
Chapter XII. Applications of Partial Derivatives
§ 1. Scalar Field
1. Directional Derivative. Gradient
2. Level Surfaces
3. Implicit Functions of Two Independent Variables
4. Plane Fields
5. Envelope of One-Parameter Family of Curves
§ 2. Extremum of a Function of Several Variables
6. Taylor’s Formula for a Function of Several Variables
7. Extremum
8. The Method of Least Squares
9*. Curvature of Surfaces
10. Conditional Extremum
11. Extremum with Unilateral Constraints
12*. Numerical Solution of Systems of Equations
Chapter XIII. Indefinite Integral
§ 1. Elementary Methods of Integration
1. Basic Definitions
2. The Simplest Integrals
3. The Simplest Properties of an Indefinite Integral
4. Integration by Parts
5. Integration by Change of Variable (by Substitution)
§ 2. Standard Methods of Integration
6. Integration of Rational Functions
7. Integration of Irrational Functions Involving Linear and Linear-Fractional Expressions
8. Integration of Irrational Expressions Containing Quadratic Trinomials
9. Integrals of Binomial Differentials
10. Integration of Functions Rationally Involving Trigonometric Functions
11. General Remarks
Chapter XIV. Definite Integral
§ 1. Definition and Basic Properties
1. Examples Leading to the Concept of Definite Integral
2. Basic Definition
3. Relationship Between Definite Integral and Indefinite Integral
4. Basic Properties of Definite Integral
5. Integrating Inequalities
§ 2. Applications of Definite Integral
6. Two Schemes of Application
7. Differential Equations with Variables Separable
8. Computing Areas of Plane Geometric Figures
9. The Arc Length of a Curve
10. Computing Volumes of Solids
11. Computing Area of Surface of Revolution
§ 3. Numerical Integration
12. General Remarks
13. Formulas of Numerical Integration
§ 4. Improper Integrals
14. Integrals with Infinite Limits of Integration
15. Basic Properties of Integrals with Infinite Limits of Integration
16. Other Types of Improper Integral
17*. Gamma Function
18*. Beta Function
19*. Principal Value of Divergent Integral
§ 5. Integrals Dependent on Parameters
20*. Proper Integrals
21*. Improper Integrals
§ 6. Line Integrals
22. Line Integrals of the First Type
23. Line Integrals of the Second Type
24. Conditions for a Line Integral of the Second Type to Be Independent of the Path of Integration
§ 7. The Concept of Generalized Function
25*. Delta Function
26*. Application to Constructing Influence Function
27*. Other Generalized Functions
Chapter XV. Differential Equations
§ 1. General Notions
1. Examples
2. Basic Definitions
§ 2. First-Order Differential Equations
3. Geometric Meaning
4. Integrable Types of Equations
5*. Equation for Exponential Function
6. Integrating Exact Differential Equations
7*. Singular Points and Singular Solutions
8*. Equations Not Solved for the Derivative
9*. Method of Integration by Means of Differentiation
§ 3. Higher-Order Equations and Systems of Differential Equations
10. Higher-Order Differential Equations
11*. Connection Between Higher-Order Equations and Systems of First-Order Equations
12*. Geometric Interpretation of System of First-Order Equations
13*. First Integrals
§ 4. Linear Equations of General Form
14. Homogeneous Linear Equations
15. Non-Homogeneous Equations
16*. Boundary-Value Problems
§ 5. Linear Equations with Constant Coefficients
17. Homogeneous Equations
18. Non-Homogeneous Equations with Right-Hand Sides of Special Form
19*. Euler’s Equations
20*. Operators and the Operator Method of Solving Differential Equations
§ 6. Systems of Linear Equations
21. Systems of Linear Equations
22*. Applications to Testing Lyapunov Stability of Equilibrium State
§ 7. Approximate and Numerical Methods of Solving Differential Equations
23. Iterative Method
24*. Application of Taylor’s Series
25. Application of Power Series with Undetermined Coefficients
26*. Bessel’s Functions
27*. Small Parameter Method
28*. General Remarks on Dependence of Solutions on Parameters
29*. Methods of Minimizing Discrepancy
30*. Simplification Method
31. Euler’s Method
32. Runge-Kutta Method
33. Adams Method
34. Milne’s Method
Chapter XVI. Multiple Integrals
§ 1. Definition and Basic Properties of Multiple Integrals
1. Some Examples Leading to the Notion of a Multiple Integral
2. Definition of a Multiple Integral
3. Basic Properties of Multiple Integrals
4. Methods of Applying Multiple Integrals
5. Geometric Meaning of an Integral over a Plane Region
§ 2. Two Types of Physical Quantities
6*. Basic Example. Mass and Its Density
7*. Quantities Distributed in Space
§ 3. Computing Multiple Integrals in Cartesian Coordinates
8. Integral over Rectangle
9. Integral over an Arbitrary Plane Region
10. Integral over an Arbitrary Surface
11. Integral over a Three-Dimensional Region
§ 4. Change of Variables in Multiple Integrals
12. Passing to Polar Coordinates in Plane
13. Passing to Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates
14*. Curvilinear Coordinates in Plane
Chapter XVII. [Heading not present in the supplied contents]
§ 5. Fourier Transformation
32*. Fourier Transform
33*. Properties of Fourier Transforms
34*. Application to Oscillations of Infinite String
Chapter XVIII. Elements of the Theory of Probability
§ 1. Random Events and Their Probabilities
1. Random Events
2. Probability
3. Basic Properties of Probabilities
4. Theorem of Multiplication of Probabilities
5. Theorem of Total Probability
  6*. Formulas for the Probability of Hypotheses
6. Disregarding Low-Probability Events
§ 2. Random Variables
8. Definitions
9. Examples of Discrete Random Variables
10. Examples of Continuous Random Variables
11. Joint Distribution of Several Random Variables
12. Functions of Random Variables
§ 3. Numerical Characteristics of Random Variables
13. The Mean Value
14. Properties of the Mean Value
15. Variance
16*. Correlation
17. Characteristic Functions
§ 4. Applications of the Normal Law
18. The Normal Law as the Limiting One
19. Confidence Interval
20. Data Processing
Chapter XIX. Computers
§ 1. Two Classes of Computers
1. Analogue Computers
2. Digital Computers
§ 2. Programming
3. Number Systems
4. Representing Numbers in a Computer
5. Instructions
6. Examples of Programming
Appendix. Equations of Mathematical Physics
1*. Derivation of Some Equations
2*. Some Other Equations
3*. Initial and Boundary Conditions
§ 2. Method of Separation of Variables
4*. Basic Example
5*. Some Other Problems
Bibliography
Name Index
Subject Index
List of Symbols

#appliedMathematics #differentialCalculus #differentialEquations #integralCalculus #mathematicalPhysics #mathematics #sovietLiterature
#appliedmathematics #differentialcalculus #differentialequations #integralcalculus #mathematicalphysics #mathematics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-21 · 02:04 UTC
Introductory Mathematics For Engineers – Lectures In Higher Mathematics by A D. Myškis

Prof. Myškis’ Lectures on Higher Mathematics is a textbook designed to cover key mathematical concepts for engineering students and technical colleges. It emphasises fundamental ideas and their practical applications in specialised fields, presented in an intuitive and accessible manner without unnecessary pedantry. The book focuses on building understanding through intuitive explanations of mathematical concepts and making their applications straightforward. It is intended for engineering students but is also suitable for home study and self-improvement.
The author, Prof. Anatoly Myškis, D.Sc., is well known not only for his original research but also for his equally original approach to the teaching of higher mathematics. He is one of the founders of the theory of differential equations with retarded argument.
His publications include Linear Differential Equations with Retarded Argument, Elements of Applied Mathematics (co-author), and Special Courses in Mathematics for Technical Colleges.
Translated from the Russian by V. M. Volosov, D. Sc.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents
Chapter I. Variables and Functions
§ 1. Quantities
1. Concept of a Quantity
2. Dimensions of Quantities
3. Constants and Variables
4. Number Scale. Slide Rule
5. Characteristics of Variables
§ 2. Approximate Values of Quantities
6. The Notion of an Approximate Value
7. Errors
8. Writing Approximate Numbers
9. Addition and Subtraction of Approximate Numbers
10. Multiplication and Division of Approximate Numbers. General Remarks
§ 3. Functions and Graphs
11. Functional Relation
12. Notation
13. Methods of Representing Functions
14. Graphs of Functions
15. The Domain of Definition of a Function
16. Characteristics of Behaviour of Functions
17. Algebraic Classification of Functions
18. Elementary Functions
19. Transforming Graphs
20. Implicit Functions
21. Inverse Functions
§ 4. Review of Basic Functions
22. Linear Function
23. Quadratic Function
24. Power Function
25. Linear-Fractional Function
26. Logarithmic Function
27. Exponential Function
28. Hyperbolic Functions
29. Trigonometric Functions
30. Empirical Formulas
Chapter II. Plane Analytic Geometry
§ 1. Plane Coordinates
1. Cartesian Coordinates
2. Some Simple Problems Concerning Cartesian Coordinates
3. Polar Coordinates
§ 2. Curves in Plane
4. Equation of a Curve in Cartesian Coordinates
5. Equation of a Curve in Polar Coordinates
6. Parametric Representation of Curves and Functions
7. Algebraic Curves
8. Singular Cases
§ 3. First-Order and Second-Order Algebraic Curves
9. Curves of the First Order
10. Ellipse
11. Hyperbola
12. Relationship Between Ellipse, Hyperbola and Parabola
13. General Equation of a Curve of the Second Order
Chapter III. Limit. Continuity
§ 1. Infinitesimal and Infinitely Large Variables
1. Infinitesimal Variables
2. Properties of Infinitesimals
3. Infinitely Large Variables
§ 2. Limits
4. Definition
5. Properties of Limits
6. Sum of a Numerical Series
§ 3. Comparison of Variables
7. Comparison of Infinitesimals
8. Properties of Equivalent Infinitesimals
9. Important Examples
10. Orders of Smallness
11. Comparison of Infinitely Large Variables
§ 4. Continuous and Discontinuous Functions
12. Definition of a Continuous Function
13. Points of Discontinuity
14. Properties of Continuous Functions
15. Some Applications
Chapter IV. Derivatives, Differentials, Investigation of the Behaviour of Functions
§ 1. Derivative
1. Some Problems Leading to the Concept of a Derivative
2. Definition of Derivative
3. Geometrical Meaning of Derivative
4. Basic Properties of Derivatives
5. Derivatives of Basic Elementary Functions
6. Determining Tangent in Polar Coordinates
§ 2. Differential
7. Physical Examples
8. Definition of Differential and Its Connection with Increment
9. Properties of Differential
10. Application of Differentials to Approximate Calculations
§ 3. Derivatives and Differentials of Higher Orders
11. Derivatives of Higher Orders
12. Higher-Order Differentials
§ 4. V. H.ospital’s Rule
13. Indeterminate Forms of the Type 0/0
14. Indeterminate Forms of the Type ∞/∞
§ 5. Taylor’s Formula and Series
15. Taylor’s Formula
16. Taylor’s Series
§ 6. Intervals of Monotonicity. Extremum
17. Sign of Derivative
18. Points of Extremum
19. The Greatest and the Least Values of a Function
§ 7. Constructing Graphs of Functions
20. Intervals of Convexity of a Graph and Points of Inflection
21. Asymptotes of a Graph
22. General Scheme for Investigating a Function and Constructing Its Graph
Chapter V. Approximating Roots of Equations. Interpolation
§ 1. Approximating Roots of Equations
1. Introduction
2. Cut-and-Try Method. Method of Chords. Method of Tangents
3. Iterative Method
4. Formula of Finite Increments
  5*. Small Parameter Method
§ 2. Interpolation
6. Lagrange’s Interpolation Formula
7. Finite Differences and Their Connection with Derivatives
8. Newton’s Interpolation Formulas
9. Numerical Differentiation
Chapter VI. Determinants and Systems of Linear Algebraic Equations
§ 1. Determinants
1. Definition
2. Properties
3. Expanding a Determinant in Minors of Its Row or Column
§ 2. Systems of Linear Algebraic Equations
4. Basic Case
5. Numerical Solution
6. Singular Case
Chapter VII. Vectors
§ 1. Linear Operations on Vectors
1. Scalar and Vector Quantities
2. Addition of Vectors
3. Zero Vector and Subtraction of Vectors
4. Multiplying a Vector by a Scalar
5. Linear Combination of Vectors
§ 2. Scalar Product of Vectors
6. Projection of Vector on Axis
7. Scalar Product
8. Properties of Scalar Product
§ 3. Cartesian Coordinates in Space
9. Cartesian Coordinates in Space
10. Some Simple Problems Concerning Cartesian Coordinates
§ 4. Vector Product of Vectors
11. Orientation of Surface and Vector of Area
12. Vector Product
13. Properties of Vector Product
14*. Pseudovectors
§ 5. Products of Three Vectors
15. Triple Scalar Product
16. Triple Vector Product
§ 6. Linear Spaces
17. Concept of Linear Space
18. Examples
19. Dimension of Linear Space
20. Concept of Euclidean Space
21. Orthogonality
§ 7. Vector Functions of Scalar Argument. Curvature
22. Vector Variables
23. Vector Functions of Scalar Argument
24. Some Notions Related to the Second Derivative
25. Osculating Circle
26. Evolute and Evolvent
Chapter VIII. Complex Numbers and Functions
§ 1. Complex Numbers
1. Complex Plane
2. Algebraic Operations on Complex Numbers
3. Conjugate Complex Numbers
4. Euler’s Formula
5. Logarithms of Complex Numbers
§ 2. Complex Functions of a Real Argument
6. Definition and Properties
7*. Applications to Describing Oscillations
§ 3. The Concept of a Function of a Complex Variable
8. Factorization of a Polynomial
9*. Numerical Methods of Solving Algebraic Equations
10. Decomposition of a Rational Fraction into Partial Rational Fractions
11*. Some General Remarks on Functions of a Complex Variable
Chapter IX. Functions of Several Variables
§ 1. Functions of Two Variables
1. Methods of Representing
2. Domain of Definition
3. Linear Function
4. Continuity and Discontinuity
5. Implicit Functions
§ 2. Functions of Arbitrary Number of Variables
6. Methods of Representing
7. Functions of Three Arguments
8. General Case
9. Concept of Field
§ 3. Partial Derivatives and Differentials of the First Order
10. Basic Definitions
11. Total Differential
12. Derivative of Composite Function
13. Derivative of Implicit Function
§ 4. Partial Derivatives and Differentials of Higher Orders
14. Definitions
15. Equality of Mixed Derivatives
16. Total Differentials of Higher Order
Chapter X. Solid Analytic Geometry
§ 1. Space Coordinates
1. Coordinate Systems in Space
  2*. Degrees of Freedom
§ 2. Surfaces and Curves in Space
3. Surfaces in Space
4. Cylinders, Cones and Surfaces of Evolution
5. Curves in Space
6. Parametric Representation of Surfaces in Space. Parametric Representation of Functions of Several Variables
§ 3. Algebraic Surfaces of the First and the Second Orders
7. Algebraic Surfaces of the First Order
8. Ellipsoid
9. Hyperboloids
10. Paraboloids
11. General Review of Algebraic Surfaces of the Second Order
Chapter XI. Matrices and Their Applications
§ 1. Matrices
1. Definitions
2. Operations on Matrices
3. Inverse Matrix
4. Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues of a Matrix
5. The Rank of a Matrix
§ 2. Linear Mappings
6. Linear Mapping and Its Matrix
7. Transformation of the Matrix of a Linear Mapping When the Basis Is Changed
8. The Matrix of a Mapping Relative to the Basis Consisting of Its Eigenvectors
9. Transforming Cartesian Basis
10. Symmetric Matrices
§ 3. Quadratic Forms
11. Quadratic Forms
12. Simplification of Equations of Second-Order Curves and Surfaces
§ 4. Non-Linear Mappings
13*. General Notions
14*. Non-Linear Mapping in the Small
15*. Functional Relation Between Functions
Chapter XII. Applications of Partial Derivatives
§ 1. Scalar Field
1. Directional Derivative. Gradient
2. Level Surfaces
3. Implicit Functions of Two Independent Variables
4. Plane Fields
5. Envelope of One-Parameter Family of Curves
§ 2. Extremum of a Function of Several Variables
6. Taylor’s Formula for a Function of Several Variables
7. Extremum
8. The Method of Least Squares
9*. Curvature of Surfaces
10. Conditional Extremum
11. Extremum with Unilateral Constraints
12*. Numerical Solution of Systems of Equations
Chapter XIII. Indefinite Integral
§ 1. Elementary Methods of Integration
1. Basic Definitions
2. The Simplest Integrals
3. The Simplest Properties of an Indefinite Integral
4. Integration by Parts
5. Integration by Change of Variable (by Substitution)
§ 2. Standard Methods of Integration
6. Integration of Rational Functions
7. Integration of Irrational Functions Involving Linear and Linear-Fractional Expressions
8. Integration of Irrational Expressions Containing Quadratic Trinomials
9. Integrals of Binomial Differentials
10. Integration of Functions Rationally Involving Trigonometric Functions
11. General Remarks
Chapter XIV. Definite Integral
§ 1. Definition and Basic Properties
1. Examples Leading to the Concept of Definite Integral
2. Basic Definition
3. Relationship Between Definite Integral and Indefinite Integral
4. Basic Properties of Definite Integral
5. Integrating Inequalities
§ 2. Applications of Definite Integral
6. Two Schemes of Application
7. Differential Equations with Variables Separable
8. Computing Areas of Plane Geometric Figures
9. The Arc Length of a Curve
10. Computing Volumes of Solids
11. Computing Area of Surface of Revolution
§ 3. Numerical Integration
12. General Remarks
13. Formulas of Numerical Integration
§ 4. Improper Integrals
14. Integrals with Infinite Limits of Integration
15. Basic Properties of Integrals with Infinite Limits of Integration
16. Other Types of Improper Integral
17*. Gamma Function
18*. Beta Function
19*. Principal Value of Divergent Integral
§ 5. Integrals Dependent on Parameters
20*. Proper Integrals
21*. Improper Integrals
§ 6. Line Integrals
22. Line Integrals of the First Type
23. Line Integrals of the Second Type
24. Conditions for a Line Integral of the Second Type to Be Independent of the Path of Integration
§ 7. The Concept of Generalized Function
25*. Delta Function
26*. Application to Constructing Influence Function
27*. Other Generalized Functions
Chapter XV. Differential Equations
§ 1. General Notions
1. Examples
2. Basic Definitions
§ 2. First-Order Differential Equations
3. Geometric Meaning
4. Integrable Types of Equations
5*. Equation for Exponential Function
6. Integrating Exact Differential Equations
7*. Singular Points and Singular Solutions
8*. Equations Not Solved for the Derivative
9*. Method of Integration by Means of Differentiation
§ 3. Higher-Order Equations and Systems of Differential Equations
10. Higher-Order Differential Equations
11*. Connection Between Higher-Order Equations and Systems of First-Order Equations
12*. Geometric Interpretation of System of First-Order Equations
13*. First Integrals
§ 4. Linear Equations of General Form
14. Homogeneous Linear Equations
15. Non-Homogeneous Equations
16*. Boundary-Value Problems
§ 5. Linear Equations with Constant Coefficients
17. Homogeneous Equations
18. Non-Homogeneous Equations with Right-Hand Sides of Special Form
19*. Euler’s Equations
20*. Operators and the Operator Method of Solving Differential Equations
§ 6. Systems of Linear Equations
21. Systems of Linear Equations
22*. Applications to Testing Lyapunov Stability of Equilibrium State
§ 7. Approximate and Numerical Methods of Solving Differential Equations
23. Iterative Method
24*. Application of Taylor’s Series
25. Application of Power Series with Undetermined Coefficients
26*. Bessel’s Functions
27*. Small Parameter Method
28*. General Remarks on Dependence of Solutions on Parameters
29*. Methods of Minimizing Discrepancy
30*. Simplification Method
31. Euler’s Method
32. Runge-Kutta Method
33. Adams Method
34. Milne’s Method
Chapter XVI. Multiple Integrals
§ 1. Definition and Basic Properties of Multiple Integrals
1. Some Examples Leading to the Notion of a Multiple Integral
2. Definition of a Multiple Integral
3. Basic Properties of Multiple Integrals
4. Methods of Applying Multiple Integrals
5. Geometric Meaning of an Integral over a Plane Region
§ 2. Two Types of Physical Quantities
6*. Basic Example. Mass and Its Density
7*. Quantities Distributed in Space
§ 3. Computing Multiple Integrals in Cartesian Coordinates
8. Integral over Rectangle
9. Integral over an Arbitrary Plane Region
10. Integral over an Arbitrary Surface
11. Integral over a Three-Dimensional Region
§ 4. Change of Variables in Multiple Integrals
12. Passing to Polar Coordinates in Plane
13. Passing to Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates
14*. Curvilinear Coordinates in Plane
Chapter XVII. [Heading not present in the supplied contents]
§ 5. Fourier Transformation
32*. Fourier Transform
33*. Properties of Fourier Transforms
34*. Application to Oscillations of Infinite String
Chapter XVIII. Elements of the Theory of Probability
§ 1. Random Events and Their Probabilities
1. Random Events
2. Probability
3. Basic Properties of Probabilities
4. Theorem of Multiplication of Probabilities
5. Theorem of Total Probability
  6*. Formulas for the Probability of Hypotheses
6. Disregarding Low-Probability Events
§ 2. Random Variables
8. Definitions
9. Examples of Discrete Random Variables
10. Examples of Continuous Random Variables
11. Joint Distribution of Several Random Variables
12. Functions of Random Variables
§ 3. Numerical Characteristics of Random Variables
13. The Mean Value
14. Properties of the Mean Value
15. Variance
16*. Correlation
17. Characteristic Functions
§ 4. Applications of the Normal Law
18. The Normal Law as the Limiting One
19. Confidence Interval
20. Data Processing
Chapter XIX. Computers
§ 1. Two Classes of Computers
1. Analogue Computers
2. Digital Computers
§ 2. Programming
3. Number Systems
4. Representing Numbers in a Computer
5. Instructions
6. Examples of Programming
Appendix. Equations of Mathematical Physics
1*. Derivation of Some Equations
2*. Some Other Equations
3*. Initial and Boundary Conditions
§ 2. Method of Separation of Variables
4*. Basic Example
5*. Some Other Problems
Bibliography
Name Index
Subject Index
List of Symbols

#appliedMathematics #differentialCalculus #differentialEquations #integralCalculus #mathematicalPhysics #mathematics #sovietLiterature
#appliedmathematics #differentialcalculus #differentialequations #integralcalculus #mathematicalphysics #mathematics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-19 · 01:39 UTC

Quimica Orgánica by V. M. Potapov; S. N. Tatarinchik

La química orgánica atraviesa un período de notable desarrollo caracterizado por el descubrimiento de nuevas sustancias con propiedades excepcionales y la creación de compuestos innovadores de aplicación práctica en diversas áreas. Este progreso se apoya en el uso de métodos modernos de investigación fundamentados en la física y en una profundización de las nociones teóricas. Sin embargo, esto plantea retos educativos, ya que es necesario condensar una gran cantidad de material en los planes de estudio. Los autores abogan por priorizar las leyes generales de la química orgánica, dejando en segundo plano el contenido puramente descriptivo, y basan su enfoque en la teoría de la estructura química de Bútlerov, complementada con una mejor comprensión de los enlaces químicos y las reacciones orgánicas. Este enfoque permite clasificar las reacciones de manera sistemática y facilitar su aprendizaje.
El libro sigue una clasificación basada en los grupos funcionales, que determinan el comportamiento químico de los compuestos orgánicos. Se abordan primero los hidrocarburos y luego sus derivados, incluyendo halogenados e hidroxílicos, destacando aquellos compuestos de relevancia práctica en la industria, agricultura y medicina. Para esta nueva edición, los autores han incorporado recomendaciones de instituciones académicas como las escuelas politécnicas de Moscú y Leningrado, ajustando el contenido al programa aprobado en 1974 para especialidades como química analítica y química de explotaciones petrolíferas. Finalmente, los autores invitan a los lectores a proporcionar observaciones críticas para mejorar la obra en futuras ediciones.

Traducido del ruso por Neiml Sosa
Todos los créditos a los cargadores originales.
Nota: La calidad del escaneo es promedio
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#chemicalReactions #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature

#chemicalreactions #organicchemistry #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-19 · 01:39 UTC

Quimica Orgánica by V. M. Potapov; S. N. Tatarinchik

La química orgánica atraviesa un período de notable desarrollo caracterizado por el descubrimiento de nuevas sustancias con propiedades excepcionales y la creación de compuestos innovadores de aplicación práctica en diversas áreas. Este progreso se apoya en el uso de métodos modernos de investigación fundamentados en la física y en una profundización de las nociones teóricas. Sin embargo, esto plantea retos educativos, ya que es necesario condensar una gran cantidad de material en los planes de estudio. Los autores abogan por priorizar las leyes generales de la química orgánica, dejando en segundo plano el contenido puramente descriptivo, y basan su enfoque en la teoría de la estructura química de Bútlerov, complementada con una mejor comprensión de los enlaces químicos y las reacciones orgánicas. Este enfoque permite clasificar las reacciones de manera sistemática y facilitar su aprendizaje.
El libro sigue una clasificación basada en los grupos funcionales, que determinan el comportamiento químico de los compuestos orgánicos. Se abordan primero los hidrocarburos y luego sus derivados, incluyendo halogenados e hidroxílicos, destacando aquellos compuestos de relevancia práctica en la industria, agricultura y medicina. Para esta nueva edición, los autores han incorporado recomendaciones de instituciones académicas como las escuelas politécnicas de Moscú y Leningrado, ajustando el contenido al programa aprobado en 1974 para especialidades como química analítica y química de explotaciones petrolíferas. Finalmente, los autores invitan a los lectores a proporcionar observaciones críticas para mejorar la obra en futuras ediciones.

Traducido del ruso por Neiml Sosa
Todos los créditos a los cargadores originales.
Nota: La calidad del escaneo es promedio
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#chemicalReactions #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature

#chemicalreactions #organicchemistry #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-19 · 01:39 UTC

Quimica Orgánica by V. M. Potapov; S. N. Tatarinchik

La química orgánica atraviesa un período de notable desarrollo caracterizado por el descubrimiento de nuevas sustancias con propiedades excepcionales y la creación de compuestos innovadores de aplicación práctica en diversas áreas. Este progreso se apoya en el uso de métodos modernos de investigación fundamentados en la física y en una profundización de las nociones teóricas. Sin embargo, esto plantea retos educativos, ya que es necesario condensar una gran cantidad de material en los planes de estudio. Los autores abogan por priorizar las leyes generales de la química orgánica, dejando en segundo plano el contenido puramente descriptivo, y basan su enfoque en la teoría de la estructura química de Bútlerov, complementada con una mejor comprensión de los enlaces químicos y las reacciones orgánicas. Este enfoque permite clasificar las reacciones de manera sistemática y facilitar su aprendizaje.
El libro sigue una clasificación basada en los grupos funcionales, que determinan el comportamiento químico de los compuestos orgánicos. Se abordan primero los hidrocarburos y luego sus derivados, incluyendo halogenados e hidroxílicos, destacando aquellos compuestos de relevancia práctica en la industria, agricultura y medicina. Para esta nueva edición, los autores han incorporado recomendaciones de instituciones académicas como las escuelas politécnicas de Moscú y Leningrado, ajustando el contenido al programa aprobado en 1974 para especialidades como química analítica y química de explotaciones petrolíferas. Finalmente, los autores invitan a los lectores a proporcionar observaciones críticas para mejorar la obra en futuras ediciones.

Traducido del ruso por Neiml Sosa
Todos los créditos a los cargadores originales.
Nota: La calidad del escaneo es promedio
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#chemicalReactions #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature

#chemicalreactions #organicchemistry #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-19 · 01:39 UTC

Quimica Orgánica by V. M. Potapov; S. N. Tatarinchik

La química orgánica atraviesa un período de notable desarrollo caracterizado por el descubrimiento de nuevas sustancias con propiedades excepcionales y la creación de compuestos innovadores de aplicación práctica en diversas áreas. Este progreso se apoya en el uso de métodos modernos de investigación fundamentados en la física y en una profundización de las nociones teóricas. Sin embargo, esto plantea retos educativos, ya que es necesario condensar una gran cantidad de material en los planes de estudio. Los autores abogan por priorizar las leyes generales de la química orgánica, dejando en segundo plano el contenido puramente descriptivo, y basan su enfoque en la teoría de la estructura química de Bútlerov, complementada con una mejor comprensión de los enlaces químicos y las reacciones orgánicas. Este enfoque permite clasificar las reacciones de manera sistemática y facilitar su aprendizaje.
El libro sigue una clasificación basada en los grupos funcionales, que determinan el comportamiento químico de los compuestos orgánicos. Se abordan primero los hidrocarburos y luego sus derivados, incluyendo halogenados e hidroxílicos, destacando aquellos compuestos de relevancia práctica en la industria, agricultura y medicina. Para esta nueva edición, los autores han incorporado recomendaciones de instituciones académicas como las escuelas politécnicas de Moscú y Leningrado, ajustando el contenido al programa aprobado en 1974 para especialidades como química analítica y química de explotaciones petrolíferas. Finalmente, los autores invitan a los lectores a proporcionar observaciones críticas para mejorar la obra en futuras ediciones.

Traducido del ruso por Neiml Sosa
Todos los créditos a los cargadores originales.
Nota: La calidad del escaneo es promedio
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#chemicalReactions #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature

#sovietliterature #organicchemistry #chemicalreactions
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-19 · 01:39 UTC

Quimica Orgánica by V. M. Potapov; S. N. Tatarinchik

La química orgánica atraviesa un período de notable desarrollo caracterizado por el descubrimiento de nuevas sustancias con propiedades excepcionales y la creación de compuestos innovadores de aplicación práctica en diversas áreas. Este progreso se apoya en el uso de métodos modernos de investigación fundamentados en la física y en una profundización de las nociones teóricas. Sin embargo, esto plantea retos educativos, ya que es necesario condensar una gran cantidad de material en los planes de estudio. Los autores abogan por priorizar las leyes generales de la química orgánica, dejando en segundo plano el contenido puramente descriptivo, y basan su enfoque en la teoría de la estructura química de Bútlerov, complementada con una mejor comprensión de los enlaces químicos y las reacciones orgánicas. Este enfoque permite clasificar las reacciones de manera sistemática y facilitar su aprendizaje.
El libro sigue una clasificación basada en los grupos funcionales, que determinan el comportamiento químico de los compuestos orgánicos. Se abordan primero los hidrocarburos y luego sus derivados, incluyendo halogenados e hidroxílicos, destacando aquellos compuestos de relevancia práctica en la industria, agricultura y medicina. Para esta nueva edición, los autores han incorporado recomendaciones de instituciones académicas como las escuelas politécnicas de Moscú y Leningrado, ajustando el contenido al programa aprobado en 1974 para especialidades como química analítica y química de explotaciones petrolíferas. Finalmente, los autores invitan a los lectores a proporcionar observaciones críticas para mejorar la obra en futuras ediciones.

Traducido del ruso por Neiml Sosa
Todos los créditos a los cargadores originales.
Nota: La calidad del escaneo es promedio
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#chemicalReactions #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature

#chemicalreactions #organicchemistry #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-15 · 01:47 UTC

Fundamentals Of Crystal Physics by Yu.I. Sirotin; M.P. Shaskolskaya

Over the past 15-20 years, experimental crystal physics has expanded beyond research laboratories and into practical applications in fields like quantum electronics, optics, semiconductor production, and piezotechnology. These advancements have highlighted the need for comprehensive textbooks on crystal physics. This book aims to fill that gap, offering a more detailed work to complement Nye’s 1967 textbook. It focuses on combining general physical principles with the symmetry approach characteristic of the Soviet crystal physics school founded by A.V. Shubnikov. The content is based on lectures and courses delivered at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys and Moscow State University.
The book focuses on the anisotropy of crystal properties, particularly in areas such as diffusion, dielectric permittivity, magnetostriction, and piezooptical effects. It includes illustrations like representation surfaces and stereographic projections to explain the anisotropy of physical properties. The authors also provide a novel description of phase transitions with a double change of symmetry, illustrating how crystal properties change during phase transitions. The appendices include reference data, enhancing the book’s practical utility.
Translated from the Russian by Valentina Snigirevskaya.
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents

Preface to the Second Russian Edition 9
Excerpts from the Preface to the First Russian Edition 10
List of Notation 13
Chapter I. Basic Information on Crystallography 17
Crystal Structure and Space Lattice 17
Crystallographic Projections 23
Simple Finite Elements of the Symmetry of Crystals 27
Crystallographic Categories and Systems 42
Point Groups of Crystal Symmetry (Symmetry Classes) 47
Derivation and Description of 32 Classes of Crystal Symmetry (32 Point Groups of Symmetry) 55
Limit Groups of Symmetry (Curie Groups) 68
Symmetry of Crystal Structure 71
Combinations of the Symmetry Elements of Structures. Bravais Lattices. Generation of New Symmetry Elements 74
230 Space Groups of Symmetry 84
Mutual Vectors Basis and Reciprocal Lattice 88
Indexing of Directions and Planes in Crystals 92
Transformation of Indices with a Change of the System of Coordinates 101
Symmetrically Equivalent Sets of Planes and Directions. Simple Crystal Forms 114
Some Problems of Geometric Crystallography 125
Chapter II. Coordinate Systems, Vectors and Tensors 134
16. Cartesian Coordinate Systems 134
17. Orthogonal Transformations 137
18. Second-Rank Tensors 144
19. Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensors 147
20. Small Changes of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensor 152
21. Normal and Tangential Components of a Second-Rank Symmetric Tensor 155
22. External Symmetry and Representation of Vectors and Second-Rank Symmetric Tensors 159
23. Axial Vectors 165
Chapter III. Introduction to Crystal Physics. Electrical and Thermal Properties of Crystals 174
24. Anisotropic Continuous Media 174
25. The Symmetry Principle in Crystal Physics 182
26. Fundamental Equations of Electrostatics of Crystals 188
27. Symmetry of the Dielectric Properties of Crystals 191
28. Crystals in a Uniform Electric Field 196
29. The Field in a Spherical Gap in an Anisotropic Medium 201
30. Fields of a Point Charge and a Dipole in an Anisotropic Medium 204
31. Pyroelectrics 207
32. Direct Electric Current in Crystals 210
33. Thermal Conductivity of Crystals 212
Chapter IV. Optical Properties of Crystals 216
34. Electromagnetic Waves in Transparent Crystals 216
35. Optical Indicatrix 220
36. Waves and Rays. Principle of Duality. Fresnel’s Ellipsoid 227
37. Solution of the Problem of Light Propagation in a Crystal in an Arbitrary System of Coordinates 232
38. Fresnel’s Equation. Wave and Ray Surfaces 236
39. Interconnection Between the Optical Surfaces in Crystals. Conical Refraction 240
40. Observation of the Optical Anisotropy of Crystals in Polarized Light 245
Chapter V. Symmetry of Higher-Rank Tensors 253
41. Tensors and Pseudotensors of Higher Ranks 253
42. Internal Symmetry of Tensors and Duality Relations 257
43. Non-Coordinate Notation of Tensors. Invariant Differential Operations on Tensors 263
44. External Symmetry and Representation of Tensors and Pseudotensors 266
45. Method of Direct Verification 275
46. Cyclic Coordinates. Hermann’s Theorem 281
47. Application of the Theory of Group Representation to the Problems of Tensor Symmetry 287
48. The Isotropic and Gyrotropic Tensors 301
Chapter VI. Elasticity of Crystals 308
49. Small Strains of a Continuous Medium 308
50. Stress Tensor 314
51. Generalized Hooke’s Law 319
52. Symmetry of the Elastic Properties of Crystals 324
53. Simple States of Stress 330
54. Bending and Twisting of Crystals 339
55. Temperature Stresses in Crystals 350
56. Elastic Waves in Crystals 358
Chapter VII. Thermodynamics of Crystals
57. Internal Energy and Thermodynamic Potential of a Crystal 380
58. Piezoelectric Effect and Its Symmetry 386
59. Simultaneous Solution of the Equations of the Electro- and Elastostatics of Crystals 396
60. Invariant and Non-Invariant Thermodynamic Potentials and Their Matrices 406
61. Dependence of Thermodynamic Coefficients on Conditions of Measurement 411
62. Elastic Waves in Piezoelectric Crystals 416
63. Thermodynamic Inequalities 419
64. Alterations of Crystal Symmetry in Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 423
65. Changes of the Physical Properties of Crystals Under Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 430
66. Mathematical Methods of the Theory of Phase Transitions 445
Chapter VIII. Magnetic Symmetry in Crystal Physics
67. Time Reversal and Antisymmetry 456
68. Point Groups of Magnetic Symmetry 460
69. Space Groups of Magnetic Symmetry—Shubnikov’s Groups 466
70. Magnetic Symmetry of Crystals 470
71. Geometric Realization of the Expanded Orthogonal Group 476
72. Tensors Defined on an Expanded Orthogonal Group 479
73. Piezomagnetic and Magnetoelectric Effects 485
Chapter IX. Effects of the Higher Orders
74. Thermodynamic Consideration of Non-Linear Effects 488
75. Piezoresistive Effect 491
76. Onsager Reciprocal Relations and Thermogalvanomagnetic Effects 493
77. Electrooptical and Piezooptical Effects 503
78. Artificial Optical Anisotropy of Crystals 508
79. Non-Linear Polarization in Case of Propagation of Electromagnetic Intense Waves 515
80. Generation of Light Harmonics. Directions of Synchronism 519
81. Optical Activity of Crystals 525
82. Artificial Optical Activity 540
83. Acoustic Activity of Crystals 545
Chapter X. Some General Problems of Crystal Physics
84. Extreme-Value Problems of Crystal Physics 551
85. The Problem of Comparing Tensor Properties of Crystals 535
86. The Problem of Choosing Standard Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 561
87. Functional Relations in Crystal Physics 556
Appendices
A. Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 581
B. Bravais Lattices and Crystallographic Matrices 581
C. Properties of Directions in Crystals 590
D. Analytical Proof of Theorems on the Multiplication of Symmetry Operations 597
E. Tensors Invariant with Respect to Crystallographic and Limit Groups 627
F. Contracted Notation of Tensors 627
References 637
Index 646

#crystallography #physics #quantumMehcanics #sovietLiterature

#crystallography #physics #quantummehcanics #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-15 · 01:47 UTC

Fundamentals Of Crystal Physics by Yu.I. Sirotin; M.P. Shaskolskaya

Over the past 15-20 years, experimental crystal physics has expanded beyond research laboratories and into practical applications in fields like quantum electronics, optics, semiconductor production, and piezotechnology. These advancements have highlighted the need for comprehensive textbooks on crystal physics. This book aims to fill that gap, offering a more detailed work to complement Nye’s 1967 textbook. It focuses on combining general physical principles with the symmetry approach characteristic of the Soviet crystal physics school founded by A.V. Shubnikov. The content is based on lectures and courses delivered at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys and Moscow State University.
The book focuses on the anisotropy of crystal properties, particularly in areas such as diffusion, dielectric permittivity, magnetostriction, and piezooptical effects. It includes illustrations like representation surfaces and stereographic projections to explain the anisotropy of physical properties. The authors also provide a novel description of phase transitions with a double change of symmetry, illustrating how crystal properties change during phase transitions. The appendices include reference data, enhancing the book’s practical utility.
Translated from the Russian by Valentina Snigirevskaya.
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents

Preface to the Second Russian Edition 9
Excerpts from the Preface to the First Russian Edition 10
List of Notation 13
Chapter I. Basic Information on Crystallography 17
Crystal Structure and Space Lattice 17
Crystallographic Projections 23
Simple Finite Elements of the Symmetry of Crystals 27
Crystallographic Categories and Systems 42
Point Groups of Crystal Symmetry (Symmetry Classes) 47
Derivation and Description of 32 Classes of Crystal Symmetry (32 Point Groups of Symmetry) 55
Limit Groups of Symmetry (Curie Groups) 68
Symmetry of Crystal Structure 71
Combinations of the Symmetry Elements of Structures. Bravais Lattices. Generation of New Symmetry Elements 74
230 Space Groups of Symmetry 84
Mutual Vectors Basis and Reciprocal Lattice 88
Indexing of Directions and Planes in Crystals 92
Transformation of Indices with a Change of the System of Coordinates 101
Symmetrically Equivalent Sets of Planes and Directions. Simple Crystal Forms 114
Some Problems of Geometric Crystallography 125
Chapter II. Coordinate Systems, Vectors and Tensors 134
16. Cartesian Coordinate Systems 134
17. Orthogonal Transformations 137
18. Second-Rank Tensors 144
19. Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensors 147
20. Small Changes of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensor 152
21. Normal and Tangential Components of a Second-Rank Symmetric Tensor 155
22. External Symmetry and Representation of Vectors and Second-Rank Symmetric Tensors 159
23. Axial Vectors 165
Chapter III. Introduction to Crystal Physics. Electrical and Thermal Properties of Crystals 174
24. Anisotropic Continuous Media 174
25. The Symmetry Principle in Crystal Physics 182
26. Fundamental Equations of Electrostatics of Crystals 188
27. Symmetry of the Dielectric Properties of Crystals 191
28. Crystals in a Uniform Electric Field 196
29. The Field in a Spherical Gap in an Anisotropic Medium 201
30. Fields of a Point Charge and a Dipole in an Anisotropic Medium 204
31. Pyroelectrics 207
32. Direct Electric Current in Crystals 210
33. Thermal Conductivity of Crystals 212
Chapter IV. Optical Properties of Crystals 216
34. Electromagnetic Waves in Transparent Crystals 216
35. Optical Indicatrix 220
36. Waves and Rays. Principle of Duality. Fresnel’s Ellipsoid 227
37. Solution of the Problem of Light Propagation in a Crystal in an Arbitrary System of Coordinates 232
38. Fresnel’s Equation. Wave and Ray Surfaces 236
39. Interconnection Between the Optical Surfaces in Crystals. Conical Refraction 240
40. Observation of the Optical Anisotropy of Crystals in Polarized Light 245
Chapter V. Symmetry of Higher-Rank Tensors 253
41. Tensors and Pseudotensors of Higher Ranks 253
42. Internal Symmetry of Tensors and Duality Relations 257
43. Non-Coordinate Notation of Tensors. Invariant Differential Operations on Tensors 263
44. External Symmetry and Representation of Tensors and Pseudotensors 266
45. Method of Direct Verification 275
46. Cyclic Coordinates. Hermann’s Theorem 281
47. Application of the Theory of Group Representation to the Problems of Tensor Symmetry 287
48. The Isotropic and Gyrotropic Tensors 301
Chapter VI. Elasticity of Crystals 308
49. Small Strains of a Continuous Medium 308
50. Stress Tensor 314
51. Generalized Hooke’s Law 319
52. Symmetry of the Elastic Properties of Crystals 324
53. Simple States of Stress 330
54. Bending and Twisting of Crystals 339
55. Temperature Stresses in Crystals 350
56. Elastic Waves in Crystals 358
Chapter VII. Thermodynamics of Crystals
57. Internal Energy and Thermodynamic Potential of a Crystal 380
58. Piezoelectric Effect and Its Symmetry 386
59. Simultaneous Solution of the Equations of the Electro- and Elastostatics of Crystals 396
60. Invariant and Non-Invariant Thermodynamic Potentials and Their Matrices 406
61. Dependence of Thermodynamic Coefficients on Conditions of Measurement 411
62. Elastic Waves in Piezoelectric Crystals 416
63. Thermodynamic Inequalities 419
64. Alterations of Crystal Symmetry in Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 423
65. Changes of the Physical Properties of Crystals Under Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 430
66. Mathematical Methods of the Theory of Phase Transitions 445
Chapter VIII. Magnetic Symmetry in Crystal Physics
67. Time Reversal and Antisymmetry 456
68. Point Groups of Magnetic Symmetry 460
69. Space Groups of Magnetic Symmetry—Shubnikov’s Groups 466
70. Magnetic Symmetry of Crystals 470
71. Geometric Realization of the Expanded Orthogonal Group 476
72. Tensors Defined on an Expanded Orthogonal Group 479
73. Piezomagnetic and Magnetoelectric Effects 485
Chapter IX. Effects of the Higher Orders
74. Thermodynamic Consideration of Non-Linear Effects 488
75. Piezoresistive Effect 491
76. Onsager Reciprocal Relations and Thermogalvanomagnetic Effects 493
77. Electrooptical and Piezooptical Effects 503
78. Artificial Optical Anisotropy of Crystals 508
79. Non-Linear Polarization in Case of Propagation of Electromagnetic Intense Waves 515
80. Generation of Light Harmonics. Directions of Synchronism 519
81. Optical Activity of Crystals 525
82. Artificial Optical Activity 540
83. Acoustic Activity of Crystals 545
Chapter X. Some General Problems of Crystal Physics
84. Extreme-Value Problems of Crystal Physics 551
85. The Problem of Comparing Tensor Properties of Crystals 535
86. The Problem of Choosing Standard Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 561
87. Functional Relations in Crystal Physics 556
Appendices
A. Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 581
B. Bravais Lattices and Crystallographic Matrices 581
C. Properties of Directions in Crystals 590
D. Analytical Proof of Theorems on the Multiplication of Symmetry Operations 597
E. Tensors Invariant with Respect to Crystallographic and Limit Groups 627
F. Contracted Notation of Tensors 627
References 637
Index 646

#crystallography #physics #quantumMehcanics #sovietLiterature

#crystallography #physics #quantummehcanics #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-15 · 01:47 UTC

Fundamentals Of Crystal Physics by Yu.I. Sirotin; M.P. Shaskolskaya

Over the past 15-20 years, experimental crystal physics has expanded beyond research laboratories and into practical applications in fields like quantum electronics, optics, semiconductor production, and piezotechnology. These advancements have highlighted the need for comprehensive textbooks on crystal physics. This book aims to fill that gap, offering a more detailed work to complement Nye’s 1967 textbook. It focuses on combining general physical principles with the symmetry approach characteristic of the Soviet crystal physics school founded by A.V. Shubnikov. The content is based on lectures and courses delivered at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys and Moscow State University.
The book focuses on the anisotropy of crystal properties, particularly in areas such as diffusion, dielectric permittivity, magnetostriction, and piezooptical effects. It includes illustrations like representation surfaces and stereographic projections to explain the anisotropy of physical properties. The authors also provide a novel description of phase transitions with a double change of symmetry, illustrating how crystal properties change during phase transitions. The appendices include reference data, enhancing the book’s practical utility.
Translated from the Russian by Valentina Snigirevskaya.
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents

Preface to the Second Russian Edition 9
Excerpts from the Preface to the First Russian Edition 10
List of Notation 13
Chapter I. Basic Information on Crystallography 17
Crystal Structure and Space Lattice 17
Crystallographic Projections 23
Simple Finite Elements of the Symmetry of Crystals 27
Crystallographic Categories and Systems 42
Point Groups of Crystal Symmetry (Symmetry Classes) 47
Derivation and Description of 32 Classes of Crystal Symmetry (32 Point Groups of Symmetry) 55
Limit Groups of Symmetry (Curie Groups) 68
Symmetry of Crystal Structure 71
Combinations of the Symmetry Elements of Structures. Bravais Lattices. Generation of New Symmetry Elements 74
230 Space Groups of Symmetry 84
Mutual Vectors Basis and Reciprocal Lattice 88
Indexing of Directions and Planes in Crystals 92
Transformation of Indices with a Change of the System of Coordinates 101
Symmetrically Equivalent Sets of Planes and Directions. Simple Crystal Forms 114
Some Problems of Geometric Crystallography 125
Chapter II. Coordinate Systems, Vectors and Tensors 134
16. Cartesian Coordinate Systems 134
17. Orthogonal Transformations 137
18. Second-Rank Tensors 144
19. Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensors 147
20. Small Changes of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensor 152
21. Normal and Tangential Components of a Second-Rank Symmetric Tensor 155
22. External Symmetry and Representation of Vectors and Second-Rank Symmetric Tensors 159
23. Axial Vectors 165
Chapter III. Introduction to Crystal Physics. Electrical and Thermal Properties of Crystals 174
24. Anisotropic Continuous Media 174
25. The Symmetry Principle in Crystal Physics 182
26. Fundamental Equations of Electrostatics of Crystals 188
27. Symmetry of the Dielectric Properties of Crystals 191
28. Crystals in a Uniform Electric Field 196
29. The Field in a Spherical Gap in an Anisotropic Medium 201
30. Fields of a Point Charge and a Dipole in an Anisotropic Medium 204
31. Pyroelectrics 207
32. Direct Electric Current in Crystals 210
33. Thermal Conductivity of Crystals 212
Chapter IV. Optical Properties of Crystals 216
34. Electromagnetic Waves in Transparent Crystals 216
35. Optical Indicatrix 220
36. Waves and Rays. Principle of Duality. Fresnel’s Ellipsoid 227
37. Solution of the Problem of Light Propagation in a Crystal in an Arbitrary System of Coordinates 232
38. Fresnel’s Equation. Wave and Ray Surfaces 236
39. Interconnection Between the Optical Surfaces in Crystals. Conical Refraction 240
40. Observation of the Optical Anisotropy of Crystals in Polarized Light 245
Chapter V. Symmetry of Higher-Rank Tensors 253
41. Tensors and Pseudotensors of Higher Ranks 253
42. Internal Symmetry of Tensors and Duality Relations 257
43. Non-Coordinate Notation of Tensors. Invariant Differential Operations on Tensors 263
44. External Symmetry and Representation of Tensors and Pseudotensors 266
45. Method of Direct Verification 275
46. Cyclic Coordinates. Hermann’s Theorem 281
47. Application of the Theory of Group Representation to the Problems of Tensor Symmetry 287
48. The Isotropic and Gyrotropic Tensors 301
Chapter VI. Elasticity of Crystals 308
49. Small Strains of a Continuous Medium 308
50. Stress Tensor 314
51. Generalized Hooke’s Law 319
52. Symmetry of the Elastic Properties of Crystals 324
53. Simple States of Stress 330
54. Bending and Twisting of Crystals 339
55. Temperature Stresses in Crystals 350
56. Elastic Waves in Crystals 358
Chapter VII. Thermodynamics of Crystals
57. Internal Energy and Thermodynamic Potential of a Crystal 380
58. Piezoelectric Effect and Its Symmetry 386
59. Simultaneous Solution of the Equations of the Electro- and Elastostatics of Crystals 396
60. Invariant and Non-Invariant Thermodynamic Potentials and Their Matrices 406
61. Dependence of Thermodynamic Coefficients on Conditions of Measurement 411
62. Elastic Waves in Piezoelectric Crystals 416
63. Thermodynamic Inequalities 419
64. Alterations of Crystal Symmetry in Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 423
65. Changes of the Physical Properties of Crystals Under Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 430
66. Mathematical Methods of the Theory of Phase Transitions 445
Chapter VIII. Magnetic Symmetry in Crystal Physics
67. Time Reversal and Antisymmetry 456
68. Point Groups of Magnetic Symmetry 460
69. Space Groups of Magnetic Symmetry—Shubnikov’s Groups 466
70. Magnetic Symmetry of Crystals 470
71. Geometric Realization of the Expanded Orthogonal Group 476
72. Tensors Defined on an Expanded Orthogonal Group 479
73. Piezomagnetic and Magnetoelectric Effects 485
Chapter IX. Effects of the Higher Orders
74. Thermodynamic Consideration of Non-Linear Effects 488
75. Piezoresistive Effect 491
76. Onsager Reciprocal Relations and Thermogalvanomagnetic Effects 493
77. Electrooptical and Piezooptical Effects 503
78. Artificial Optical Anisotropy of Crystals 508
79. Non-Linear Polarization in Case of Propagation of Electromagnetic Intense Waves 515
80. Generation of Light Harmonics. Directions of Synchronism 519
81. Optical Activity of Crystals 525
82. Artificial Optical Activity 540
83. Acoustic Activity of Crystals 545
Chapter X. Some General Problems of Crystal Physics
84. Extreme-Value Problems of Crystal Physics 551
85. The Problem of Comparing Tensor Properties of Crystals 535
86. The Problem of Choosing Standard Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 561
87. Functional Relations in Crystal Physics 556
Appendices
A. Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 581
B. Bravais Lattices and Crystallographic Matrices 581
C. Properties of Directions in Crystals 590
D. Analytical Proof of Theorems on the Multiplication of Symmetry Operations 597
E. Tensors Invariant with Respect to Crystallographic and Limit Groups 627
F. Contracted Notation of Tensors 627
References 637
Index 646

#crystallography #physics #quantumMehcanics #sovietLiterature

#crystallography #physics #quantummehcanics #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-15 · 01:47 UTC

Fundamentals Of Crystal Physics by Yu.I. Sirotin; M.P. Shaskolskaya

Over the past 15-20 years, experimental crystal physics has expanded beyond research laboratories and into practical applications in fields like quantum electronics, optics, semiconductor production, and piezotechnology. These advancements have highlighted the need for comprehensive textbooks on crystal physics. This book aims to fill that gap, offering a more detailed work to complement Nye’s 1967 textbook. It focuses on combining general physical principles with the symmetry approach characteristic of the Soviet crystal physics school founded by A.V. Shubnikov. The content is based on lectures and courses delivered at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys and Moscow State University.
The book focuses on the anisotropy of crystal properties, particularly in areas such as diffusion, dielectric permittivity, magnetostriction, and piezooptical effects. It includes illustrations like representation surfaces and stereographic projections to explain the anisotropy of physical properties. The authors also provide a novel description of phase transitions with a double change of symmetry, illustrating how crystal properties change during phase transitions. The appendices include reference data, enhancing the book’s practical utility.
Translated from the Russian by Valentina Snigirevskaya.
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents

Preface to the Second Russian Edition 9
Excerpts from the Preface to the First Russian Edition 10
List of Notation 13
Chapter I. Basic Information on Crystallography 17
Crystal Structure and Space Lattice 17
Crystallographic Projections 23
Simple Finite Elements of the Symmetry of Crystals 27
Crystallographic Categories and Systems 42
Point Groups of Crystal Symmetry (Symmetry Classes) 47
Derivation and Description of 32 Classes of Crystal Symmetry (32 Point Groups of Symmetry) 55
Limit Groups of Symmetry (Curie Groups) 68
Symmetry of Crystal Structure 71
Combinations of the Symmetry Elements of Structures. Bravais Lattices. Generation of New Symmetry Elements 74
230 Space Groups of Symmetry 84
Mutual Vectors Basis and Reciprocal Lattice 88
Indexing of Directions and Planes in Crystals 92
Transformation of Indices with a Change of the System of Coordinates 101
Symmetrically Equivalent Sets of Planes and Directions. Simple Crystal Forms 114
Some Problems of Geometric Crystallography 125
Chapter II. Coordinate Systems, Vectors and Tensors 134
16. Cartesian Coordinate Systems 134
17. Orthogonal Transformations 137
18. Second-Rank Tensors 144
19. Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensors 147
20. Small Changes of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensor 152
21. Normal and Tangential Components of a Second-Rank Symmetric Tensor 155
22. External Symmetry and Representation of Vectors and Second-Rank Symmetric Tensors 159
23. Axial Vectors 165
Chapter III. Introduction to Crystal Physics. Electrical and Thermal Properties of Crystals 174
24. Anisotropic Continuous Media 174
25. The Symmetry Principle in Crystal Physics 182
26. Fundamental Equations of Electrostatics of Crystals 188
27. Symmetry of the Dielectric Properties of Crystals 191
28. Crystals in a Uniform Electric Field 196
29. The Field in a Spherical Gap in an Anisotropic Medium 201
30. Fields of a Point Charge and a Dipole in an Anisotropic Medium 204
31. Pyroelectrics 207
32. Direct Electric Current in Crystals 210
33. Thermal Conductivity of Crystals 212
Chapter IV. Optical Properties of Crystals 216
34. Electromagnetic Waves in Transparent Crystals 216
35. Optical Indicatrix 220
36. Waves and Rays. Principle of Duality. Fresnel’s Ellipsoid 227
37. Solution of the Problem of Light Propagation in a Crystal in an Arbitrary System of Coordinates 232
38. Fresnel’s Equation. Wave and Ray Surfaces 236
39. Interconnection Between the Optical Surfaces in Crystals. Conical Refraction 240
40. Observation of the Optical Anisotropy of Crystals in Polarized Light 245
Chapter V. Symmetry of Higher-Rank Tensors 253
41. Tensors and Pseudotensors of Higher Ranks 253
42. Internal Symmetry of Tensors and Duality Relations 257
43. Non-Coordinate Notation of Tensors. Invariant Differential Operations on Tensors 263
44. External Symmetry and Representation of Tensors and Pseudotensors 266
45. Method of Direct Verification 275
46. Cyclic Coordinates. Hermann’s Theorem 281
47. Application of the Theory of Group Representation to the Problems of Tensor Symmetry 287
48. The Isotropic and Gyrotropic Tensors 301
Chapter VI. Elasticity of Crystals 308
49. Small Strains of a Continuous Medium 308
50. Stress Tensor 314
51. Generalized Hooke’s Law 319
52. Symmetry of the Elastic Properties of Crystals 324
53. Simple States of Stress 330
54. Bending and Twisting of Crystals 339
55. Temperature Stresses in Crystals 350
56. Elastic Waves in Crystals 358
Chapter VII. Thermodynamics of Crystals
57. Internal Energy and Thermodynamic Potential of a Crystal 380
58. Piezoelectric Effect and Its Symmetry 386
59. Simultaneous Solution of the Equations of the Electro- and Elastostatics of Crystals 396
60. Invariant and Non-Invariant Thermodynamic Potentials and Their Matrices 406
61. Dependence of Thermodynamic Coefficients on Conditions of Measurement 411
62. Elastic Waves in Piezoelectric Crystals 416
63. Thermodynamic Inequalities 419
64. Alterations of Crystal Symmetry in Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 423
65. Changes of the Physical Properties of Crystals Under Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 430
66. Mathematical Methods of the Theory of Phase Transitions 445
Chapter VIII. Magnetic Symmetry in Crystal Physics
67. Time Reversal and Antisymmetry 456
68. Point Groups of Magnetic Symmetry 460
69. Space Groups of Magnetic Symmetry—Shubnikov’s Groups 466
70. Magnetic Symmetry of Crystals 470
71. Geometric Realization of the Expanded Orthogonal Group 476
72. Tensors Defined on an Expanded Orthogonal Group 479
73. Piezomagnetic and Magnetoelectric Effects 485
Chapter IX. Effects of the Higher Orders
74. Thermodynamic Consideration of Non-Linear Effects 488
75. Piezoresistive Effect 491
76. Onsager Reciprocal Relations and Thermogalvanomagnetic Effects 493
77. Electrooptical and Piezooptical Effects 503
78. Artificial Optical Anisotropy of Crystals 508
79. Non-Linear Polarization in Case of Propagation of Electromagnetic Intense Waves 515
80. Generation of Light Harmonics. Directions of Synchronism 519
81. Optical Activity of Crystals 525
82. Artificial Optical Activity 540
83. Acoustic Activity of Crystals 545
Chapter X. Some General Problems of Crystal Physics
84. Extreme-Value Problems of Crystal Physics 551
85. The Problem of Comparing Tensor Properties of Crystals 535
86. The Problem of Choosing Standard Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 561
87. Functional Relations in Crystal Physics 556
Appendices
A. Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 581
B. Bravais Lattices and Crystallographic Matrices 581
C. Properties of Directions in Crystals 590
D. Analytical Proof of Theorems on the Multiplication of Symmetry Operations 597
E. Tensors Invariant with Respect to Crystallographic and Limit Groups 627
F. Contracted Notation of Tensors 627
References 637
Index 646

#crystallography #physics #quantumMehcanics #sovietLiterature

#sovietliterature #quantummehcanics #physics #crystallography
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-15 · 01:47 UTC

Fundamentals Of Crystal Physics by Yu.I. Sirotin; M.P. Shaskolskaya

Over the past 15-20 years, experimental crystal physics has expanded beyond research laboratories and into practical applications in fields like quantum electronics, optics, semiconductor production, and piezotechnology. These advancements have highlighted the need for comprehensive textbooks on crystal physics. This book aims to fill that gap, offering a more detailed work to complement Nye’s 1967 textbook. It focuses on combining general physical principles with the symmetry approach characteristic of the Soviet crystal physics school founded by A.V. Shubnikov. The content is based on lectures and courses delivered at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys and Moscow State University.
The book focuses on the anisotropy of crystal properties, particularly in areas such as diffusion, dielectric permittivity, magnetostriction, and piezooptical effects. It includes illustrations like representation surfaces and stereographic projections to explain the anisotropy of physical properties. The authors also provide a novel description of phase transitions with a double change of symmetry, illustrating how crystal properties change during phase transitions. The appendices include reference data, enhancing the book’s practical utility.
Translated from the Russian by Valentina Snigirevskaya.
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents

Preface to the Second Russian Edition 9
Excerpts from the Preface to the First Russian Edition 10
List of Notation 13
Chapter I. Basic Information on Crystallography 17
Crystal Structure and Space Lattice 17
Crystallographic Projections 23
Simple Finite Elements of the Symmetry of Crystals 27
Crystallographic Categories and Systems 42
Point Groups of Crystal Symmetry (Symmetry Classes) 47
Derivation and Description of 32 Classes of Crystal Symmetry (32 Point Groups of Symmetry) 55
Limit Groups of Symmetry (Curie Groups) 68
Symmetry of Crystal Structure 71
Combinations of the Symmetry Elements of Structures. Bravais Lattices. Generation of New Symmetry Elements 74
230 Space Groups of Symmetry 84
Mutual Vectors Basis and Reciprocal Lattice 88
Indexing of Directions and Planes in Crystals 92
Transformation of Indices with a Change of the System of Coordinates 101
Symmetrically Equivalent Sets of Planes and Directions. Simple Crystal Forms 114
Some Problems of Geometric Crystallography 125
Chapter II. Coordinate Systems, Vectors and Tensors 134
16. Cartesian Coordinate Systems 134
17. Orthogonal Transformations 137
18. Second-Rank Tensors 144
19. Eigenvectors and Eigenvalues of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensors 147
20. Small Changes of a Symmetric Second-Rank Tensor 152
21. Normal and Tangential Components of a Second-Rank Symmetric Tensor 155
22. External Symmetry and Representation of Vectors and Second-Rank Symmetric Tensors 159
23. Axial Vectors 165
Chapter III. Introduction to Crystal Physics. Electrical and Thermal Properties of Crystals 174
24. Anisotropic Continuous Media 174
25. The Symmetry Principle in Crystal Physics 182
26. Fundamental Equations of Electrostatics of Crystals 188
27. Symmetry of the Dielectric Properties of Crystals 191
28. Crystals in a Uniform Electric Field 196
29. The Field in a Spherical Gap in an Anisotropic Medium 201
30. Fields of a Point Charge and a Dipole in an Anisotropic Medium 204
31. Pyroelectrics 207
32. Direct Electric Current in Crystals 210
33. Thermal Conductivity of Crystals 212
Chapter IV. Optical Properties of Crystals 216
34. Electromagnetic Waves in Transparent Crystals 216
35. Optical Indicatrix 220
36. Waves and Rays. Principle of Duality. Fresnel’s Ellipsoid 227
37. Solution of the Problem of Light Propagation in a Crystal in an Arbitrary System of Coordinates 232
38. Fresnel’s Equation. Wave and Ray Surfaces 236
39. Interconnection Between the Optical Surfaces in Crystals. Conical Refraction 240
40. Observation of the Optical Anisotropy of Crystals in Polarized Light 245
Chapter V. Symmetry of Higher-Rank Tensors 253
41. Tensors and Pseudotensors of Higher Ranks 253
42. Internal Symmetry of Tensors and Duality Relations 257
43. Non-Coordinate Notation of Tensors. Invariant Differential Operations on Tensors 263
44. External Symmetry and Representation of Tensors and Pseudotensors 266
45. Method of Direct Verification 275
46. Cyclic Coordinates. Hermann’s Theorem 281
47. Application of the Theory of Group Representation to the Problems of Tensor Symmetry 287
48. The Isotropic and Gyrotropic Tensors 301
Chapter VI. Elasticity of Crystals 308
49. Small Strains of a Continuous Medium 308
50. Stress Tensor 314
51. Generalized Hooke’s Law 319
52. Symmetry of the Elastic Properties of Crystals 324
53. Simple States of Stress 330
54. Bending and Twisting of Crystals 339
55. Temperature Stresses in Crystals 350
56. Elastic Waves in Crystals 358
Chapter VII. Thermodynamics of Crystals
57. Internal Energy and Thermodynamic Potential of a Crystal 380
58. Piezoelectric Effect and Its Symmetry 386
59. Simultaneous Solution of the Equations of the Electro- and Elastostatics of Crystals 396
60. Invariant and Non-Invariant Thermodynamic Potentials and Their Matrices 406
61. Dependence of Thermodynamic Coefficients on Conditions of Measurement 411
62. Elastic Waves in Piezoelectric Crystals 416
63. Thermodynamic Inequalities 419
64. Alterations of Crystal Symmetry in Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 423
65. Changes of the Physical Properties of Crystals Under Phase Transitions of the Second Kind 430
66. Mathematical Methods of the Theory of Phase Transitions 445
Chapter VIII. Magnetic Symmetry in Crystal Physics
67. Time Reversal and Antisymmetry 456
68. Point Groups of Magnetic Symmetry 460
69. Space Groups of Magnetic Symmetry—Shubnikov’s Groups 466
70. Magnetic Symmetry of Crystals 470
71. Geometric Realization of the Expanded Orthogonal Group 476
72. Tensors Defined on an Expanded Orthogonal Group 479
73. Piezomagnetic and Magnetoelectric Effects 485
Chapter IX. Effects of the Higher Orders
74. Thermodynamic Consideration of Non-Linear Effects 488
75. Piezoresistive Effect 491
76. Onsager Reciprocal Relations and Thermogalvanomagnetic Effects 493
77. Electrooptical and Piezooptical Effects 503
78. Artificial Optical Anisotropy of Crystals 508
79. Non-Linear Polarization in Case of Propagation of Electromagnetic Intense Waves 515
80. Generation of Light Harmonics. Directions of Synchronism 519
81. Optical Activity of Crystals 525
82. Artificial Optical Activity 540
83. Acoustic Activity of Crystals 545
Chapter X. Some General Problems of Crystal Physics
84. Extreme-Value Problems of Crystal Physics 551
85. The Problem of Comparing Tensor Properties of Crystals 535
86. The Problem of Choosing Standard Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 561
87. Functional Relations in Crystal Physics 556
Appendices
A. Crystallographic and Crystal-Physical Systems of Coordinates 581
B. Bravais Lattices and Crystallographic Matrices 581
C. Properties of Directions in Crystals 590
D. Analytical Proof of Theorems on the Multiplication of Symmetry Operations 597
E. Tensors Invariant with Respect to Crystallographic and Limit Groups 627
F. Contracted Notation of Tensors 627
References 637
Index 646

#crystallography #physics #quantumMehcanics #sovietLiterature

#crystallography #physics #quantummehcanics #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-12 · 01:54 UTC

Chemical Thermodynamics by M.Kh. Karapetyants

The book is primarily aimed at students in higher education specialising in chemistry, particularly future engineers. The author has avoided unnecessary abstraction and overly complex mathematics to ensure the material remains practical and accessible, while still providing a solid theoretical foundation. The content includes approximate laws that allow for quick, practical problem-solving, even when precise values are unavailable. The author integrates empirical thermodynamics with the periodic table to make thermodynamic concepts more comprehensible, particularly entropy, which students often find difficult to grasp.
The book also addresses the importance of connecting thermodynamics with other branches of chemistry, such as general and inorganic chemistry, to enhance students’ understanding for later courses. The primary focus is on the thermodynamics of gaseous systems, with less emphasis on solutions and electrolytes. Numerous examples, mainly related to inorganic substances and chemical processing, help students apply theory to practical problems, with calculations that can be compared to experimental data. The book also includes many tables and figures derived from various sources to support these applications.

Translated from the Russian by G. Leib
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

Contents
List of Tables 11
Preface 13
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION 15
1.1. The Subject and Method of Thermodynamics 15
1.2. Basic Concepts and Definitions 17
1.2.1. Systems and Their Classification 17
1.2.2. Thermodynamic Parameters 18
1.2.3. Work and Heat 22
1.2.4. Reversible and Irreversible Processes 23
1.2.5. Mathematical Relations Between the Parameters of State 28
1.3. Terms and Symbols 33
Chapter 2. THE FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 35
2.1. Content of the First Law 35
2.1.1. Cyclic Processes 35
2.1.2. Non-Cyclic Processes. Internal Energy 36
2.2. Enthalpy 41
Chapter 3. HEAT EFFECTS AND HEAT CAPACITIES 45
3.1. Hess’s Law 45
3.2. Standard Heat Effects 49
3.3. Some Methods of Calculating Heat Effects 53
3.3.1. Heats of Formation 53
3.3.2. Heats of Combustion 57
3.3.3. Comparative Calculation of Heat Effects 58
3.4. Heat Capacity 58
3.4.1. Heat Capacity in Different Processes 58
3.4.2. Temperature Dependence of Heat Capacity 61
3.4.3. Certain Laws 71
3.5. Temperature Dependence of Heat Effect 73
3.5.1. Kirchhoff Equation 73
3.5.2. Equation AH = <p(T) in Its Final Form 77
3.5.3. Heat Balance 84
Chapter 4. THE SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 87
4.1. Content of the Second Law 87
4.1.1. The Carnot Cycle 87
4.1.2. Thermodynamic Temperature Scale 91
4.1.3. Impossibility of a Perpetual Motion Machine 92
4.2. Entropy 94
4.2.1. Change in Entropy in Reversible Processes 95
4.2.2. Change in Entropy in Irreversible Processes 97
4.2.3. Change in Entropy as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneity of Processes 98
4.2.4. Relation Between Entropy and Other Thermodynamic Parameters and Some Relationships Between Derived Functions 102
4.3. Substantiation of the Second Law 106
4.3.1. Thermodynamic Probability of a State 106
4.3.2. Phase Space 106
4.3.3. Relationship Between Entropy and Thermodynamic Probability 108
4.3.4. Fluctuations 110
4.3.5. The Invalidity of the “Theory of Heat Death” of the Universe 112
Chapter 5. THERMODYNAMIC AND CHEMICAL POTENTIALS. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF EQUILIBRIUM 114
5.1. Thermodynamic Potentials 114
5.1.1. Change in Thermodynamic Potential as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneous Nature of a Process 119
5.1.2. Various Thermodynamic Relationships 121
5.2. Characteristic Functions 123
5.3. Chemical Potential 128
5.4. General Conditions of Equilibrium 131
5.4.1. Stable and Unstable Equilibria 132
5.4.2. Equilibrium Coexistence of Phases. The Gibbs Phase Rule 134
5.4.3. Principle of Displacement of Equilibrium 139
Chapter 6. ONE-COMPONENT HOMOGENEOUS SYSTEMS 141
6.1. Ideal Gas 141
6.2. Equations of State of a Real Gas 150
6.3. Fugacity 159
6.3.1. Standard State 160
6.3.2. Temperature Dependence of Fugacity 162
6.3.3. Methods of Calculating Fugacity 163
6.4. Throttling 168
6.5. Calculation of Properties of Gases According to Experimental Data 175
6.5.1. Calculations Using the Relationships p-V-T and Cp = q>(T) 175
6.5.2. Calculations Using the Relationships Cp = <p(p, T) or H = q(p, T) and VT> = 9 (p) 184
6.5.3. Calculations Using (ij and C9 185
6.5.4. Influence of Pressure on the Heat Effect of a Reaction 185
6.6. A Generalized Method of Calculating Selected Properties of Gases and Liquids at Pressures above Atmospheric 186
6.6.1. Gases 186
6.6.2. Liquids 199
Chapter 7. ONE-COMPONENT HETEROGENEOUS SYSTEMS 205
7.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Pressure with Coexisting Phases 205
7.1.1. Clapeyron-Clausius Equation 205
7.1.2. Approximate Relationships 209
7.2. Methods for the Comparative Calculation of the Temperature Dependence of the Saturated Vapour Pressure 214
7.2.1. Straight Line Method 215
7.2.2. Method of Comparing Boiling Points of Given and Standard Substances at Equal Vapour Pressures 216
7.2.3. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Boiling Points 218
7.2.4. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Reduced Boiling Points 220
7.3. Critical State 221
7.4. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases and Heats of Phase Transitions 227
7.4.1. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases 227
7.4.2. Heats of Phase Transitions 232
7.5. Influence of Total Pressure on Saturated Vapour Pressure 244
7.6. Influence of Surface Curvature on Saturated Vapour Pressure 247
7.7. Second-Order Phase Transitions 249
Chapter 8. SOLUTIONS 251
8.1. Fundamental Concepts and Definitions 251
8.2. Partial Molar Quantities 255
8.2.1. Basic Equations 257
8.2.2. Methods of Calculation 260
8.3. Heat Capacities and Enthalpies of Solutions 264
8.3.1. Partial Molar Heat Capacities 264
8.3.2. Partial Molar Enthalpies 265
8.4. Ideal Solutions 272
8.5. Infinitely Dilute Solutions 278
8.5.1. Partial Molar Quantities 279
8.5.2. Henry’s Law 281
Chapter 9. BINARY SOLUTION-PURE COMPONENT EQUILIBRIUM 285
9.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Concentration 285
9.1.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 287
9.1.2. Analysis of Solubility Diagrams 292
9.1.3. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 304
9.2. Relationship Between Pressure and Concentration 305
9.2.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 306
9.2.2. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 307
9.3. Gas Mixture-Pure Component Equilibrium 317
9.4. Influence of Dispersion on Solubility 318
Chapter 10. SOLUTION-SOLUTION EQUILIBRIUM IN BINARY MIXTURES 319
10.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at Low Pressures 319
10.1.1. Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 319
10.1.2. Non-Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 322
10.1.3. Separation of Solution Components 332
10.2. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at High Pressures 334
10.2.1. Critical Phenomena 341
10.3. Equilibrium in Systems with Incompletely Miscible Liquids 349
10.3.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium 349
10.3.2. Liquid-Liquid Equilibrium 351
10.3.3. Gas-Gas Equilibrium 352
10.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Immiscible Liquids 355
Chapter 11. EQUILIBRIUM IN THREE- AND FOUR-COMPONENT SYSTEMS 359
11.1. Depicting Composition 359
11.1.1. Three-Component Systems 359
11.1.2. Four-Component Systems 361
11.2. Liquid-Solid Equilibrium in Three-Component Systems 362
11.2.1. Substances Forming No Compounds 362
11.2.2. Substances Forming Compounds 366
11.2.3. Isotherms of Aqueous Solutions of Two Common-Ion Salts 367
11.3. Mutual Solubility of Three Liquids 385
11.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium in Ternary Systems 391
11.4.1. Isotherm 391
11.4.2. Is
obaric Systems 399
Chapter 12. THE PRINCIPLE OF MAXIMUM ENTROPY 405
12.1. Entropy as a Thermodynamic Function 405
12.2. Method of Maximum Entropy 410
12.3. Application of the Maximum Entropy Principle in Thermodynamics 414
Chapter 13. MODERN CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS 419
13.1. Thermodynamic Models 419
13.2. Relations with Other Areas of Science 421
13.3. Role of Thermodynamics in Physical Chemistry 424
13.4. Applications of Thermodynamics in Industry 427
13.5. Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics 430
Chapter 14. EQUILIBRIUM TRANSFORMATION 518
14.1. Direction of a Process 518
14.2. Calculation of Equilibrium Transformation 527
14.2.1. Reactions in the Gaseous Phase 528
14.2.2. Reactions in Solutions 531
14.2.3. Heterogeneous Reactions 533
14.2.4. Electrochemical Reactions 537
14.3. Influence of Various Factors on the Extent of a Reaction 541
14.3.1. Temperature 541
14.3.2. Pressure 545
14.3.3. Presence of an Inert Gas 548
14.3.4. Ratio of Reactants 549
14.3.5. Change in Surface Area 550
14.3.6. Kind of Reaction 552
14.4. Equilibrium in Complex Chemical Systems 553
14.5. Sources of Errors in Calculating Equilibrium 562
14.5.1. Errors Due to Inaccuracy of Experimental Data 562
14.5.2. Errors Connected with the Processing of Experimental Data 564
14.6. Theoretical and Practical Extents of a Reaction 566

Chapter 15. FUNDAMENTALS OF QUANTUM STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS OF THERMODYNAMIC FUNCTIONS AND CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM FROM SPECTROSCOPIC DATA 568
15.1. Introduction 568
15.2. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Translational Degrees of Freedom 572
15.3. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Intramolecular Degrees of Freedom 575
15.3.1. Rotational Partition Function 577
15.3.2. Vibrational Partition Function 583
15.3.3. Partition Function for Electronic Excitation 587
15.3.4. Nuclear Spin 588
15.3.5. Effect of Isotopic Composition 589
15.3.6. Group of Properties 589
15.4. Calculation of Chemical Equilibrium 592
APPENDICES 599
List of Symbols 599
Heat Capacities, Standard Enthalpies and Gibbs Energies of
#chemistry #sovietLiterature #thermodynamicSystems #thermodynamics

#chemistry #sovietliterature #thermodynamicsystems #thermodynamics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-12 · 01:54 UTC

Chemical Thermodynamics by M.Kh. Karapetyants

The book is primarily aimed at students in higher education specialising in chemistry, particularly future engineers. The author has avoided unnecessary abstraction and overly complex mathematics to ensure the material remains practical and accessible, while still providing a solid theoretical foundation. The content includes approximate laws that allow for quick, practical problem-solving, even when precise values are unavailable. The author integrates empirical thermodynamics with the periodic table to make thermodynamic concepts more comprehensible, particularly entropy, which students often find difficult to grasp.
The book also addresses the importance of connecting thermodynamics with other branches of chemistry, such as general and inorganic chemistry, to enhance students’ understanding for later courses. The primary focus is on the thermodynamics of gaseous systems, with less emphasis on solutions and electrolytes. Numerous examples, mainly related to inorganic substances and chemical processing, help students apply theory to practical problems, with calculations that can be compared to experimental data. The book also includes many tables and figures derived from various sources to support these applications.

Translated from the Russian by G. Leib
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

Contents
List of Tables 11
Preface 13
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION 15
1.1. The Subject and Method of Thermodynamics 15
1.2. Basic Concepts and Definitions 17
1.2.1. Systems and Their Classification 17
1.2.2. Thermodynamic Parameters 18
1.2.3. Work and Heat 22
1.2.4. Reversible and Irreversible Processes 23
1.2.5. Mathematical Relations Between the Parameters of State 28
1.3. Terms and Symbols 33
Chapter 2. THE FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 35
2.1. Content of the First Law 35
2.1.1. Cyclic Processes 35
2.1.2. Non-Cyclic Processes. Internal Energy 36
2.2. Enthalpy 41
Chapter 3. HEAT EFFECTS AND HEAT CAPACITIES 45
3.1. Hess’s Law 45
3.2. Standard Heat Effects 49
3.3. Some Methods of Calculating Heat Effects 53
3.3.1. Heats of Formation 53
3.3.2. Heats of Combustion 57
3.3.3. Comparative Calculation of Heat Effects 58
3.4. Heat Capacity 58
3.4.1. Heat Capacity in Different Processes 58
3.4.2. Temperature Dependence of Heat Capacity 61
3.4.3. Certain Laws 71
3.5. Temperature Dependence of Heat Effect 73
3.5.1. Kirchhoff Equation 73
3.5.2. Equation AH = <p(T) in Its Final Form 77
3.5.3. Heat Balance 84
Chapter 4. THE SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 87
4.1. Content of the Second Law 87
4.1.1. The Carnot Cycle 87
4.1.2. Thermodynamic Temperature Scale 91
4.1.3. Impossibility of a Perpetual Motion Machine 92
4.2. Entropy 94
4.2.1. Change in Entropy in Reversible Processes 95
4.2.2. Change in Entropy in Irreversible Processes 97
4.2.3. Change in Entropy as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneity of Processes 98
4.2.4. Relation Between Entropy and Other Thermodynamic Parameters and Some Relationships Between Derived Functions 102
4.3. Substantiation of the Second Law 106
4.3.1. Thermodynamic Probability of a State 106
4.3.2. Phase Space 106
4.3.3. Relationship Between Entropy and Thermodynamic Probability 108
4.3.4. Fluctuations 110
4.3.5. The Invalidity of the “Theory of Heat Death” of the Universe 112
Chapter 5. THERMODYNAMIC AND CHEMICAL POTENTIALS. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF EQUILIBRIUM 114
5.1. Thermodynamic Potentials 114
5.1.1. Change in Thermodynamic Potential as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneous Nature of a Process 119
5.1.2. Various Thermodynamic Relationships 121
5.2. Characteristic Functions 123
5.3. Chemical Potential 128
5.4. General Conditions of Equilibrium 131
5.4.1. Stable and Unstable Equilibria 132
5.4.2. Equilibrium Coexistence of Phases. The Gibbs Phase Rule 134
5.4.3. Principle of Displacement of Equilibrium 139
Chapter 6. ONE-COMPONENT HOMOGENEOUS SYSTEMS 141
6.1. Ideal Gas 141
6.2. Equations of State of a Real Gas 150
6.3. Fugacity 159
6.3.1. Standard State 160
6.3.2. Temperature Dependence of Fugacity 162
6.3.3. Methods of Calculating Fugacity 163
6.4. Throttling 168
6.5. Calculation of Properties of Gases According to Experimental Data 175
6.5.1. Calculations Using the Relationships p-V-T and Cp = q>(T) 175
6.5.2. Calculations Using the Relationships Cp = <p(p, T) or H = q(p, T) and VT> = 9 (p) 184
6.5.3. Calculations Using (ij and C9 185
6.5.4. Influence of Pressure on the Heat Effect of a Reaction 185
6.6. A Generalized Method of Calculating Selected Properties of Gases and Liquids at Pressures above Atmospheric 186
6.6.1. Gases 186
6.6.2. Liquids 199
Chapter 7. ONE-COMPONENT HETEROGENEOUS SYSTEMS 205
7.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Pressure with Coexisting Phases 205
7.1.1. Clapeyron-Clausius Equation 205
7.1.2. Approximate Relationships 209
7.2. Methods for the Comparative Calculation of the Temperature Dependence of the Saturated Vapour Pressure 214
7.2.1. Straight Line Method 215
7.2.2. Method of Comparing Boiling Points of Given and Standard Substances at Equal Vapour Pressures 216
7.2.3. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Boiling Points 218
7.2.4. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Reduced Boiling Points 220
7.3. Critical State 221
7.4. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases and Heats of Phase Transitions 227
7.4.1. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases 227
7.4.2. Heats of Phase Transitions 232
7.5. Influence of Total Pressure on Saturated Vapour Pressure 244
7.6. Influence of Surface Curvature on Saturated Vapour Pressure 247
7.7. Second-Order Phase Transitions 249
Chapter 8. SOLUTIONS 251
8.1. Fundamental Concepts and Definitions 251
8.2. Partial Molar Quantities 255
8.2.1. Basic Equations 257
8.2.2. Methods of Calculation 260
8.3. Heat Capacities and Enthalpies of Solutions 264
8.3.1. Partial Molar Heat Capacities 264
8.3.2. Partial Molar Enthalpies 265
8.4. Ideal Solutions 272
8.5. Infinitely Dilute Solutions 278
8.5.1. Partial Molar Quantities 279
8.5.2. Henry’s Law 281
Chapter 9. BINARY SOLUTION-PURE COMPONENT EQUILIBRIUM 285
9.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Concentration 285
9.1.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 287
9.1.2. Analysis of Solubility Diagrams 292
9.1.3. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 304
9.2. Relationship Between Pressure and Concentration 305
9.2.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 306
9.2.2. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 307
9.3. Gas Mixture-Pure Component Equilibrium 317
9.4. Influence of Dispersion on Solubility 318
Chapter 10. SOLUTION-SOLUTION EQUILIBRIUM IN BINARY MIXTURES 319
10.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at Low Pressures 319
10.1.1. Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 319
10.1.2. Non-Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 322
10.1.3. Separation of Solution Components 332
10.2. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at High Pressures 334
10.2.1. Critical Phenomena 341
10.3. Equilibrium in Systems with Incompletely Miscible Liquids 349
10.3.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium 349
10.3.2. Liquid-Liquid Equilibrium 351
10.3.3. Gas-Gas Equilibrium 352
10.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Immiscible Liquids 355
Chapter 11. EQUILIBRIUM IN THREE- AND FOUR-COMPONENT SYSTEMS 359
11.1. Depicting Composition 359
11.1.1. Three-Component Systems 359
11.1.2. Four-Component Systems 361
11.2. Liquid-Solid Equilibrium in Three-Component Systems 362
11.2.1. Substances Forming No Compounds 362
11.2.2. Substances Forming Compounds 366
11.2.3. Isotherms of Aqueous Solutions of Two Common-Ion Salts 367
11.3. Mutual Solubility of Three Liquids 385
11.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium in Ternary Systems 391
11.4.1. Isotherm 391
11.4.2. Is
obaric Systems 399
Chapter 12. THE PRINCIPLE OF MAXIMUM ENTROPY 405
12.1. Entropy as a Thermodynamic Function 405
12.2. Method of Maximum Entropy 410
12.3. Application of the Maximum Entropy Principle in Thermodynamics 414
Chapter 13. MODERN CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS 419
13.1. Thermodynamic Models 419
13.2. Relations with Other Areas of Science 421
13.3. Role of Thermodynamics in Physical Chemistry 424
13.4. Applications of Thermodynamics in Industry 427
13.5. Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics 430
Chapter 14. EQUILIBRIUM TRANSFORMATION 518
14.1. Direction of a Process 518
14.2. Calculation of Equilibrium Transformation 527
14.2.1. Reactions in the Gaseous Phase 528
14.2.2. Reactions in Solutions 531
14.2.3. Heterogeneous Reactions 533
14.2.4. Electrochemical Reactions 537
14.3. Influence of Various Factors on the Extent of a Reaction 541
14.3.1. Temperature 541
14.3.2. Pressure 545
14.3.3. Presence of an Inert Gas 548
14.3.4. Ratio of Reactants 549
14.3.5. Change in Surface Area 550
14.3.6. Kind of Reaction 552
14.4. Equilibrium in Complex Chemical Systems 553
14.5. Sources of Errors in Calculating Equilibrium 562
14.5.1. Errors Due to Inaccuracy of Experimental Data 562
14.5.2. Errors Connected with the Processing of Experimental Data 564
14.6. Theoretical and Practical Extents of a Reaction 566

Chapter 15. FUNDAMENTALS OF QUANTUM STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS OF THERMODYNAMIC FUNCTIONS AND CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM FROM SPECTROSCOPIC DATA 568
15.1. Introduction 568
15.2. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Translational Degrees of Freedom 572
15.3. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Intramolecular Degrees of Freedom 575
15.3.1. Rotational Partition Function 577
15.3.2. Vibrational Partition Function 583
15.3.3. Partition Function for Electronic Excitation 587
15.3.4. Nuclear Spin 588
15.3.5. Effect of Isotopic Composition 589
15.3.6. Group of Properties 589
15.4. Calculation of Chemical Equilibrium 592
APPENDICES 599
List of Symbols 599
Heat Capacities, Standard Enthalpies and Gibbs Energies of
#chemistry #sovietLiterature #thermodynamicSystems #thermodynamics

#chemistry #sovietliterature #thermodynamicsystems #thermodynamics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-12 · 01:54 UTC

Chemical Thermodynamics by M.Kh. Karapetyants

The book is primarily aimed at students in higher education specialising in chemistry, particularly future engineers. The author has avoided unnecessary abstraction and overly complex mathematics to ensure the material remains practical and accessible, while still providing a solid theoretical foundation. The content includes approximate laws that allow for quick, practical problem-solving, even when precise values are unavailable. The author integrates empirical thermodynamics with the periodic table to make thermodynamic concepts more comprehensible, particularly entropy, which students often find difficult to grasp.
The book also addresses the importance of connecting thermodynamics with other branches of chemistry, such as general and inorganic chemistry, to enhance students’ understanding for later courses. The primary focus is on the thermodynamics of gaseous systems, with less emphasis on solutions and electrolytes. Numerous examples, mainly related to inorganic substances and chemical processing, help students apply theory to practical problems, with calculations that can be compared to experimental data. The book also includes many tables and figures derived from various sources to support these applications.

Translated from the Russian by G. Leib
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

Contents
List of Tables 11
Preface 13
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION 15
1.1. The Subject and Method of Thermodynamics 15
1.2. Basic Concepts and Definitions 17
1.2.1. Systems and Their Classification 17
1.2.2. Thermodynamic Parameters 18
1.2.3. Work and Heat 22
1.2.4. Reversible and Irreversible Processes 23
1.2.5. Mathematical Relations Between the Parameters of State 28
1.3. Terms and Symbols 33
Chapter 2. THE FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 35
2.1. Content of the First Law 35
2.1.1. Cyclic Processes 35
2.1.2. Non-Cyclic Processes. Internal Energy 36
2.2. Enthalpy 41
Chapter 3. HEAT EFFECTS AND HEAT CAPACITIES 45
3.1. Hess’s Law 45
3.2. Standard Heat Effects 49
3.3. Some Methods of Calculating Heat Effects 53
3.3.1. Heats of Formation 53
3.3.2. Heats of Combustion 57
3.3.3. Comparative Calculation of Heat Effects 58
3.4. Heat Capacity 58
3.4.1. Heat Capacity in Different Processes 58
3.4.2. Temperature Dependence of Heat Capacity 61
3.4.3. Certain Laws 71
3.5. Temperature Dependence of Heat Effect 73
3.5.1. Kirchhoff Equation 73
3.5.2. Equation AH = <p(T) in Its Final Form 77
3.5.3. Heat Balance 84
Chapter 4. THE SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 87
4.1. Content of the Second Law 87
4.1.1. The Carnot Cycle 87
4.1.2. Thermodynamic Temperature Scale 91
4.1.3. Impossibility of a Perpetual Motion Machine 92
4.2. Entropy 94
4.2.1. Change in Entropy in Reversible Processes 95
4.2.2. Change in Entropy in Irreversible Processes 97
4.2.3. Change in Entropy as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneity of Processes 98
4.2.4. Relation Between Entropy and Other Thermodynamic Parameters and Some Relationships Between Derived Functions 102
4.3. Substantiation of the Second Law 106
4.3.1. Thermodynamic Probability of a State 106
4.3.2. Phase Space 106
4.3.3. Relationship Between Entropy and Thermodynamic Probability 108
4.3.4. Fluctuations 110
4.3.5. The Invalidity of the “Theory of Heat Death” of the Universe 112
Chapter 5. THERMODYNAMIC AND CHEMICAL POTENTIALS. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF EQUILIBRIUM 114
5.1. Thermodynamic Potentials 114
5.1.1. Change in Thermodynamic Potential as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneous Nature of a Process 119
5.1.2. Various Thermodynamic Relationships 121
5.2. Characteristic Functions 123
5.3. Chemical Potential 128
5.4. General Conditions of Equilibrium 131
5.4.1. Stable and Unstable Equilibria 132
5.4.2. Equilibrium Coexistence of Phases. The Gibbs Phase Rule 134
5.4.3. Principle of Displacement of Equilibrium 139
Chapter 6. ONE-COMPONENT HOMOGENEOUS SYSTEMS 141
6.1. Ideal Gas 141
6.2. Equations of State of a Real Gas 150
6.3. Fugacity 159
6.3.1. Standard State 160
6.3.2. Temperature Dependence of Fugacity 162
6.3.3. Methods of Calculating Fugacity 163
6.4. Throttling 168
6.5. Calculation of Properties of Gases According to Experimental Data 175
6.5.1. Calculations Using the Relationships p-V-T and Cp = q>(T) 175
6.5.2. Calculations Using the Relationships Cp = <p(p, T) or H = q(p, T) and VT> = 9 (p) 184
6.5.3. Calculations Using (ij and C9 185
6.5.4. Influence of Pressure on the Heat Effect of a Reaction 185
6.6. A Generalized Method of Calculating Selected Properties of Gases and Liquids at Pressures above Atmospheric 186
6.6.1. Gases 186
6.6.2. Liquids 199
Chapter 7. ONE-COMPONENT HETEROGENEOUS SYSTEMS 205
7.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Pressure with Coexisting Phases 205
7.1.1. Clapeyron-Clausius Equation 205
7.1.2. Approximate Relationships 209
7.2. Methods for the Comparative Calculation of the Temperature Dependence of the Saturated Vapour Pressure 214
7.2.1. Straight Line Method 215
7.2.2. Method of Comparing Boiling Points of Given and Standard Substances at Equal Vapour Pressures 216
7.2.3. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Boiling Points 218
7.2.4. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Reduced Boiling Points 220
7.3. Critical State 221
7.4. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases and Heats of Phase Transitions 227
7.4.1. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases 227
7.4.2. Heats of Phase Transitions 232
7.5. Influence of Total Pressure on Saturated Vapour Pressure 244
7.6. Influence of Surface Curvature on Saturated Vapour Pressure 247
7.7. Second-Order Phase Transitions 249
Chapter 8. SOLUTIONS 251
8.1. Fundamental Concepts and Definitions 251
8.2. Partial Molar Quantities 255
8.2.1. Basic Equations 257
8.2.2. Methods of Calculation 260
8.3. Heat Capacities and Enthalpies of Solutions 264
8.3.1. Partial Molar Heat Capacities 264
8.3.2. Partial Molar Enthalpies 265
8.4. Ideal Solutions 272
8.5. Infinitely Dilute Solutions 278
8.5.1. Partial Molar Quantities 279
8.5.2. Henry’s Law 281
Chapter 9. BINARY SOLUTION-PURE COMPONENT EQUILIBRIUM 285
9.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Concentration 285
9.1.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 287
9.1.2. Analysis of Solubility Diagrams 292
9.1.3. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 304
9.2. Relationship Between Pressure and Concentration 305
9.2.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 306
9.2.2. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 307
9.3. Gas Mixture-Pure Component Equilibrium 317
9.4. Influence of Dispersion on Solubility 318
Chapter 10. SOLUTION-SOLUTION EQUILIBRIUM IN BINARY MIXTURES 319
10.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at Low Pressures 319
10.1.1. Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 319
10.1.2. Non-Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 322
10.1.3. Separation of Solution Components 332
10.2. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at High Pressures 334
10.2.1. Critical Phenomena 341
10.3. Equilibrium in Systems with Incompletely Miscible Liquids 349
10.3.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium 349
10.3.2. Liquid-Liquid Equilibrium 351
10.3.3. Gas-Gas Equilibrium 352
10.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Immiscible Liquids 355
Chapter 11. EQUILIBRIUM IN THREE- AND FOUR-COMPONENT SYSTEMS 359
11.1. Depicting Composition 359
11.1.1. Three-Component Systems 359
11.1.2. Four-Component Systems 361
11.2. Liquid-Solid Equilibrium in Three-Component Systems 362
11.2.1. Substances Forming No Compounds 362
11.2.2. Substances Forming Compounds 366
11.2.3. Isotherms of Aqueous Solutions of Two Common-Ion Salts 367
11.3. Mutual Solubility of Three Liquids 385
11.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium in Ternary Systems 391
11.4.1. Isotherm 391
11.4.2. Is
obaric Systems 399
Chapter 12. THE PRINCIPLE OF MAXIMUM ENTROPY 405
12.1. Entropy as a Thermodynamic Function 405
12.2. Method of Maximum Entropy 410
12.3. Application of the Maximum Entropy Principle in Thermodynamics 414
Chapter 13. MODERN CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS 419
13.1. Thermodynamic Models 419
13.2. Relations with Other Areas of Science 421
13.3. Role of Thermodynamics in Physical Chemistry 424
13.4. Applications of Thermodynamics in Industry 427
13.5. Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics 430
Chapter 14. EQUILIBRIUM TRANSFORMATION 518
14.1. Direction of a Process 518
14.2. Calculation of Equilibrium Transformation 527
14.2.1. Reactions in the Gaseous Phase 528
14.2.2. Reactions in Solutions 531
14.2.3. Heterogeneous Reactions 533
14.2.4. Electrochemical Reactions 537
14.3. Influence of Various Factors on the Extent of a Reaction 541
14.3.1. Temperature 541
14.3.2. Pressure 545
14.3.3. Presence of an Inert Gas 548
14.3.4. Ratio of Reactants 549
14.3.5. Change in Surface Area 550
14.3.6. Kind of Reaction 552
14.4. Equilibrium in Complex Chemical Systems 553
14.5. Sources of Errors in Calculating Equilibrium 562
14.5.1. Errors Due to Inaccuracy of Experimental Data 562
14.5.2. Errors Connected with the Processing of Experimental Data 564
14.6. Theoretical and Practical Extents of a Reaction 566

Chapter 15. FUNDAMENTALS OF QUANTUM STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS OF THERMODYNAMIC FUNCTIONS AND CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM FROM SPECTROSCOPIC DATA 568
15.1. Introduction 568
15.2. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Translational Degrees of Freedom 572
15.3. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Intramolecular Degrees of Freedom 575
15.3.1. Rotational Partition Function 577
15.3.2. Vibrational Partition Function 583
15.3.3. Partition Function for Electronic Excitation 587
15.3.4. Nuclear Spin 588
15.3.5. Effect of Isotopic Composition 589
15.3.6. Group of Properties 589
15.4. Calculation of Chemical Equilibrium 592
APPENDICES 599
List of Symbols 599
Heat Capacities, Standard Enthalpies and Gibbs Energies of
#chemistry #sovietLiterature #thermodynamicSystems #thermodynamics

#chemistry #sovietliterature #thermodynamicsystems #thermodynamics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-12 · 01:54 UTC

Chemical Thermodynamics by M.Kh. Karapetyants

The book is primarily aimed at students in higher education specialising in chemistry, particularly future engineers. The author has avoided unnecessary abstraction and overly complex mathematics to ensure the material remains practical and accessible, while still providing a solid theoretical foundation. The content includes approximate laws that allow for quick, practical problem-solving, even when precise values are unavailable. The author integrates empirical thermodynamics with the periodic table to make thermodynamic concepts more comprehensible, particularly entropy, which students often find difficult to grasp.
The book also addresses the importance of connecting thermodynamics with other branches of chemistry, such as general and inorganic chemistry, to enhance students’ understanding for later courses. The primary focus is on the thermodynamics of gaseous systems, with less emphasis on solutions and electrolytes. Numerous examples, mainly related to inorganic substances and chemical processing, help students apply theory to practical problems, with calculations that can be compared to experimental data. The book also includes many tables and figures derived from various sources to support these applications.

Translated from the Russian by G. Leib
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

Contents
List of Tables 11
Preface 13
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION 15
1.1. The Subject and Method of Thermodynamics 15
1.2. Basic Concepts and Definitions 17
1.2.1. Systems and Their Classification 17
1.2.2. Thermodynamic Parameters 18
1.2.3. Work and Heat 22
1.2.4. Reversible and Irreversible Processes 23
1.2.5. Mathematical Relations Between the Parameters of State 28
1.3. Terms and Symbols 33
Chapter 2. THE FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 35
2.1. Content of the First Law 35
2.1.1. Cyclic Processes 35
2.1.2. Non-Cyclic Processes. Internal Energy 36
2.2. Enthalpy 41
Chapter 3. HEAT EFFECTS AND HEAT CAPACITIES 45
3.1. Hess’s Law 45
3.2. Standard Heat Effects 49
3.3. Some Methods of Calculating Heat Effects 53
3.3.1. Heats of Formation 53
3.3.2. Heats of Combustion 57
3.3.3. Comparative Calculation of Heat Effects 58
3.4. Heat Capacity 58
3.4.1. Heat Capacity in Different Processes 58
3.4.2. Temperature Dependence of Heat Capacity 61
3.4.3. Certain Laws 71
3.5. Temperature Dependence of Heat Effect 73
3.5.1. Kirchhoff Equation 73
3.5.2. Equation AH = <p(T) in Its Final Form 77
3.5.3. Heat Balance 84
Chapter 4. THE SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 87
4.1. Content of the Second Law 87
4.1.1. The Carnot Cycle 87
4.1.2. Thermodynamic Temperature Scale 91
4.1.3. Impossibility of a Perpetual Motion Machine 92
4.2. Entropy 94
4.2.1. Change in Entropy in Reversible Processes 95
4.2.2. Change in Entropy in Irreversible Processes 97
4.2.3. Change in Entropy as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneity of Processes 98
4.2.4. Relation Between Entropy and Other Thermodynamic Parameters and Some Relationships Between Derived Functions 102
4.3. Substantiation of the Second Law 106
4.3.1. Thermodynamic Probability of a State 106
4.3.2. Phase Space 106
4.3.3. Relationship Between Entropy and Thermodynamic Probability 108
4.3.4. Fluctuations 110
4.3.5. The Invalidity of the “Theory of Heat Death” of the Universe 112
Chapter 5. THERMODYNAMIC AND CHEMICAL POTENTIALS. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF EQUILIBRIUM 114
5.1. Thermodynamic Potentials 114
5.1.1. Change in Thermodynamic Potential as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneous Nature of a Process 119
5.1.2. Various Thermodynamic Relationships 121
5.2. Characteristic Functions 123
5.3. Chemical Potential 128
5.4. General Conditions of Equilibrium 131
5.4.1. Stable and Unstable Equilibria 132
5.4.2. Equilibrium Coexistence of Phases. The Gibbs Phase Rule 134
5.4.3. Principle of Displacement of Equilibrium 139
Chapter 6. ONE-COMPONENT HOMOGENEOUS SYSTEMS 141
6.1. Ideal Gas 141
6.2. Equations of State of a Real Gas 150
6.3. Fugacity 159
6.3.1. Standard State 160
6.3.2. Temperature Dependence of Fugacity 162
6.3.3. Methods of Calculating Fugacity 163
6.4. Throttling 168
6.5. Calculation of Properties of Gases According to Experimental Data 175
6.5.1. Calculations Using the Relationships p-V-T and Cp = q>(T) 175
6.5.2. Calculations Using the Relationships Cp = <p(p, T) or H = q(p, T) and VT> = 9 (p) 184
6.5.3. Calculations Using (ij and C9 185
6.5.4. Influence of Pressure on the Heat Effect of a Reaction 185
6.6. A Generalized Method of Calculating Selected Properties of Gases and Liquids at Pressures above Atmospheric 186
6.6.1. Gases 186
6.6.2. Liquids 199
Chapter 7. ONE-COMPONENT HETEROGENEOUS SYSTEMS 205
7.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Pressure with Coexisting Phases 205
7.1.1. Clapeyron-Clausius Equation 205
7.1.2. Approximate Relationships 209
7.2. Methods for the Comparative Calculation of the Temperature Dependence of the Saturated Vapour Pressure 214
7.2.1. Straight Line Method 215
7.2.2. Method of Comparing Boiling Points of Given and Standard Substances at Equal Vapour Pressures 216
7.2.3. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Boiling Points 218
7.2.4. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Reduced Boiling Points 220
7.3. Critical State 221
7.4. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases and Heats of Phase Transitions 227
7.4.1. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases 227
7.4.2. Heats of Phase Transitions 232
7.5. Influence of Total Pressure on Saturated Vapour Pressure 244
7.6. Influence of Surface Curvature on Saturated Vapour Pressure 247
7.7. Second-Order Phase Transitions 249
Chapter 8. SOLUTIONS 251
8.1. Fundamental Concepts and Definitions 251
8.2. Partial Molar Quantities 255
8.2.1. Basic Equations 257
8.2.2. Methods of Calculation 260
8.3. Heat Capacities and Enthalpies of Solutions 264
8.3.1. Partial Molar Heat Capacities 264
8.3.2. Partial Molar Enthalpies 265
8.4. Ideal Solutions 272
8.5. Infinitely Dilute Solutions 278
8.5.1. Partial Molar Quantities 279
8.5.2. Henry’s Law 281
Chapter 9. BINARY SOLUTION-PURE COMPONENT EQUILIBRIUM 285
9.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Concentration 285
9.1.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 287
9.1.2. Analysis of Solubility Diagrams 292
9.1.3. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 304
9.2. Relationship Between Pressure and Concentration 305
9.2.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 306
9.2.2. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 307
9.3. Gas Mixture-Pure Component Equilibrium 317
9.4. Influence of Dispersion on Solubility 318
Chapter 10. SOLUTION-SOLUTION EQUILIBRIUM IN BINARY MIXTURES 319
10.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at Low Pressures 319
10.1.1. Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 319
10.1.2. Non-Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 322
10.1.3. Separation of Solution Components 332
10.2. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at High Pressures 334
10.2.1. Critical Phenomena 341
10.3. Equilibrium in Systems with Incompletely Miscible Liquids 349
10.3.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium 349
10.3.2. Liquid-Liquid Equilibrium 351
10.3.3. Gas-Gas Equilibrium 352
10.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Immiscible Liquids 355
Chapter 11. EQUILIBRIUM IN THREE- AND FOUR-COMPONENT SYSTEMS 359
11.1. Depicting Composition 359
11.1.1. Three-Component Systems 359
11.1.2. Four-Component Systems 361
11.2. Liquid-Solid Equilibrium in Three-Component Systems 362
11.2.1. Substances Forming No Compounds 362
11.2.2. Substances Forming Compounds 366
11.2.3. Isotherms of Aqueous Solutions of Two Common-Ion Salts 367
11.3. Mutual Solubility of Three Liquids 385
11.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium in Ternary Systems 391
11.4.1. Isotherm 391
11.4.2. Is
obaric Systems 399
Chapter 12. THE PRINCIPLE OF MAXIMUM ENTROPY 405
12.1. Entropy as a Thermodynamic Function 405
12.2. Method of Maximum Entropy 410
12.3. Application of the Maximum Entropy Principle in Thermodynamics 414
Chapter 13. MODERN CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS 419
13.1. Thermodynamic Models 419
13.2. Relations with Other Areas of Science 421
13.3. Role of Thermodynamics in Physical Chemistry 424
13.4. Applications of Thermodynamics in Industry 427
13.5. Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics 430
Chapter 14. EQUILIBRIUM TRANSFORMATION 518
14.1. Direction of a Process 518
14.2. Calculation of Equilibrium Transformation 527
14.2.1. Reactions in the Gaseous Phase 528
14.2.2. Reactions in Solutions 531
14.2.3. Heterogeneous Reactions 533
14.2.4. Electrochemical Reactions 537
14.3. Influence of Various Factors on the Extent of a Reaction 541
14.3.1. Temperature 541
14.3.2. Pressure 545
14.3.3. Presence of an Inert Gas 548
14.3.4. Ratio of Reactants 549
14.3.5. Change in Surface Area 550
14.3.6. Kind of Reaction 552
14.4. Equilibrium in Complex Chemical Systems 553
14.5. Sources of Errors in Calculating Equilibrium 562
14.5.1. Errors Due to Inaccuracy of Experimental Data 562
14.5.2. Errors Connected with the Processing of Experimental Data 564
14.6. Theoretical and Practical Extents of a Reaction 566

Chapter 15. FUNDAMENTALS OF QUANTUM STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS OF THERMODYNAMIC FUNCTIONS AND CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM FROM SPECTROSCOPIC DATA 568
15.1. Introduction 568
15.2. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Translational Degrees of Freedom 572
15.3. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Intramolecular Degrees of Freedom 575
15.3.1. Rotational Partition Function 577
15.3.2. Vibrational Partition Function 583
15.3.3. Partition Function for Electronic Excitation 587
15.3.4. Nuclear Spin 588
15.3.5. Effect of Isotopic Composition 589
15.3.6. Group of Properties 589
15.4. Calculation of Chemical Equilibrium 592
APPENDICES 599
List of Symbols 599
Heat Capacities, Standard Enthalpies and Gibbs Energies of
#chemistry #sovietLiterature #thermodynamicSystems #thermodynamics

#thermodynamics #thermodynamicsystems #sovietliterature #chemistry
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-12 · 01:54 UTC

Chemical Thermodynamics by M.Kh. Karapetyants

The book is primarily aimed at students in higher education specialising in chemistry, particularly future engineers. The author has avoided unnecessary abstraction and overly complex mathematics to ensure the material remains practical and accessible, while still providing a solid theoretical foundation. The content includes approximate laws that allow for quick, practical problem-solving, even when precise values are unavailable. The author integrates empirical thermodynamics with the periodic table to make thermodynamic concepts more comprehensible, particularly entropy, which students often find difficult to grasp.
The book also addresses the importance of connecting thermodynamics with other branches of chemistry, such as general and inorganic chemistry, to enhance students’ understanding for later courses. The primary focus is on the thermodynamics of gaseous systems, with less emphasis on solutions and electrolytes. Numerous examples, mainly related to inorganic substances and chemical processing, help students apply theory to practical problems, with calculations that can be compared to experimental data. The book also includes many tables and figures derived from various sources to support these applications.

Translated from the Russian by G. Leib
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

Contents
List of Tables 11
Preface 13
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION 15
1.1. The Subject and Method of Thermodynamics 15
1.2. Basic Concepts and Definitions 17
1.2.1. Systems and Their Classification 17
1.2.2. Thermodynamic Parameters 18
1.2.3. Work and Heat 22
1.2.4. Reversible and Irreversible Processes 23
1.2.5. Mathematical Relations Between the Parameters of State 28
1.3. Terms and Symbols 33
Chapter 2. THE FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 35
2.1. Content of the First Law 35
2.1.1. Cyclic Processes 35
2.1.2. Non-Cyclic Processes. Internal Energy 36
2.2. Enthalpy 41
Chapter 3. HEAT EFFECTS AND HEAT CAPACITIES 45
3.1. Hess’s Law 45
3.2. Standard Heat Effects 49
3.3. Some Methods of Calculating Heat Effects 53
3.3.1. Heats of Formation 53
3.3.2. Heats of Combustion 57
3.3.3. Comparative Calculation of Heat Effects 58
3.4. Heat Capacity 58
3.4.1. Heat Capacity in Different Processes 58
3.4.2. Temperature Dependence of Heat Capacity 61
3.4.3. Certain Laws 71
3.5. Temperature Dependence of Heat Effect 73
3.5.1. Kirchhoff Equation 73
3.5.2. Equation AH = <p(T) in Its Final Form 77
3.5.3. Heat Balance 84
Chapter 4. THE SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 87
4.1. Content of the Second Law 87
4.1.1. The Carnot Cycle 87
4.1.2. Thermodynamic Temperature Scale 91
4.1.3. Impossibility of a Perpetual Motion Machine 92
4.2. Entropy 94
4.2.1. Change in Entropy in Reversible Processes 95
4.2.2. Change in Entropy in Irreversible Processes 97
4.2.3. Change in Entropy as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneity of Processes 98
4.2.4. Relation Between Entropy and Other Thermodynamic Parameters and Some Relationships Between Derived Functions 102
4.3. Substantiation of the Second Law 106
4.3.1. Thermodynamic Probability of a State 106
4.3.2. Phase Space 106
4.3.3. Relationship Between Entropy and Thermodynamic Probability 108
4.3.4. Fluctuations 110
4.3.5. The Invalidity of the “Theory of Heat Death” of the Universe 112
Chapter 5. THERMODYNAMIC AND CHEMICAL POTENTIALS. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF EQUILIBRIUM 114
5.1. Thermodynamic Potentials 114
5.1.1. Change in Thermodynamic Potential as a Criterion of the Equilibrium and Spontaneous Nature of a Process 119
5.1.2. Various Thermodynamic Relationships 121
5.2. Characteristic Functions 123
5.3. Chemical Potential 128
5.4. General Conditions of Equilibrium 131
5.4.1. Stable and Unstable Equilibria 132
5.4.2. Equilibrium Coexistence of Phases. The Gibbs Phase Rule 134
5.4.3. Principle of Displacement of Equilibrium 139
Chapter 6. ONE-COMPONENT HOMOGENEOUS SYSTEMS 141
6.1. Ideal Gas 141
6.2. Equations of State of a Real Gas 150
6.3. Fugacity 159
6.3.1. Standard State 160
6.3.2. Temperature Dependence of Fugacity 162
6.3.3. Methods of Calculating Fugacity 163
6.4. Throttling 168
6.5. Calculation of Properties of Gases According to Experimental Data 175
6.5.1. Calculations Using the Relationships p-V-T and Cp = q>(T) 175
6.5.2. Calculations Using the Relationships Cp = <p(p, T) or H = q(p, T) and VT> = 9 (p) 184
6.5.3. Calculations Using (ij and C9 185
6.5.4. Influence of Pressure on the Heat Effect of a Reaction 185
6.6. A Generalized Method of Calculating Selected Properties of Gases and Liquids at Pressures above Atmospheric 186
6.6.1. Gases 186
6.6.2. Liquids 199
Chapter 7. ONE-COMPONENT HETEROGENEOUS SYSTEMS 205
7.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Pressure with Coexisting Phases 205
7.1.1. Clapeyron-Clausius Equation 205
7.1.2. Approximate Relationships 209
7.2. Methods for the Comparative Calculation of the Temperature Dependence of the Saturated Vapour Pressure 214
7.2.1. Straight Line Method 215
7.2.2. Method of Comparing Boiling Points of Given and Standard Substances at Equal Vapour Pressures 216
7.2.3. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Boiling Points 218
7.2.4. Method of Comparing Vapour Pressures of Various Substances at Equal Reduced Boiling Points 220
7.3. Critical State 221
7.4. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases and Heats of Phase Transitions 227
7.4.1. Heat Capacities of Coexisting Phases 227
7.4.2. Heats of Phase Transitions 232
7.5. Influence of Total Pressure on Saturated Vapour Pressure 244
7.6. Influence of Surface Curvature on Saturated Vapour Pressure 247
7.7. Second-Order Phase Transitions 249
Chapter 8. SOLUTIONS 251
8.1. Fundamental Concepts and Definitions 251
8.2. Partial Molar Quantities 255
8.2.1. Basic Equations 257
8.2.2. Methods of Calculation 260
8.3. Heat Capacities and Enthalpies of Solutions 264
8.3.1. Partial Molar Heat Capacities 264
8.3.2. Partial Molar Enthalpies 265
8.4. Ideal Solutions 272
8.5. Infinitely Dilute Solutions 278
8.5.1. Partial Molar Quantities 279
8.5.2. Henry’s Law 281
Chapter 9. BINARY SOLUTION-PURE COMPONENT EQUILIBRIUM 285
9.1. Relationship Between Temperature and Concentration 285
9.1.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 287
9.1.2. Analysis of Solubility Diagrams 292
9.1.3. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 304
9.2. Relationship Between Pressure and Concentration 305
9.2.1. Solution-Solid Component Equilibrium 306
9.2.2. Solution-Gas Equilibrium 307
9.3. Gas Mixture-Pure Component Equilibrium 317
9.4. Influence of Dispersion on Solubility 318
Chapter 10. SOLUTION-SOLUTION EQUILIBRIUM IN BINARY MIXTURES 319
10.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at Low Pressures 319
10.1.1. Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 319
10.1.2. Non-Ideal Solution-Mixture of Ideal Gases 322
10.1.3. Separation of Solution Components 332
10.2. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Completely Miscible Liquids at High Pressures 334
10.2.1. Critical Phenomena 341
10.3. Equilibrium in Systems with Incompletely Miscible Liquids 349
10.3.1. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium 349
10.3.2. Liquid-Liquid Equilibrium 351
10.3.3. Gas-Gas Equilibrium 352
10.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium for Immiscible Liquids 355
Chapter 11. EQUILIBRIUM IN THREE- AND FOUR-COMPONENT SYSTEMS 359
11.1. Depicting Composition 359
11.1.1. Three-Component Systems 359
11.1.2. Four-Component Systems 361
11.2. Liquid-Solid Equilibrium in Three-Component Systems 362
11.2.1. Substances Forming No Compounds 362
11.2.2. Substances Forming Compounds 366
11.2.3. Isotherms of Aqueous Solutions of Two Common-Ion Salts 367
11.3. Mutual Solubility of Three Liquids 385
11.4. Liquid-Gas Equilibrium in Ternary Systems 391
11.4.1. Isotherm 391
11.4.2. Is
obaric Systems 399
Chapter 12. THE PRINCIPLE OF MAXIMUM ENTROPY 405
12.1. Entropy as a Thermodynamic Function 405
12.2. Method of Maximum Entropy 410
12.3. Application of the Maximum Entropy Principle in Thermodynamics 414
Chapter 13. MODERN CONCEPTS OF THERMODYNAMICS 419
13.1. Thermodynamic Models 419
13.2. Relations with Other Areas of Science 421
13.3. Role of Thermodynamics in Physical Chemistry 424
13.4. Applications of Thermodynamics in Industry 427
13.5. Advanced Topics in Thermodynamics 430
Chapter 14. EQUILIBRIUM TRANSFORMATION 518
14.1. Direction of a Process 518
14.2. Calculation of Equilibrium Transformation 527
14.2.1. Reactions in the Gaseous Phase 528
14.2.2. Reactions in Solutions 531
14.2.3. Heterogeneous Reactions 533
14.2.4. Electrochemical Reactions 537
14.3. Influence of Various Factors on the Extent of a Reaction 541
14.3.1. Temperature 541
14.3.2. Pressure 545
14.3.3. Presence of an Inert Gas 548
14.3.4. Ratio of Reactants 549
14.3.5. Change in Surface Area 550
14.3.6. Kind of Reaction 552
14.4. Equilibrium in Complex Chemical Systems 553
14.5. Sources of Errors in Calculating Equilibrium 562
14.5.1. Errors Due to Inaccuracy of Experimental Data 562
14.5.2. Errors Connected with the Processing of Experimental Data 564
14.6. Theoretical and Practical Extents of a Reaction 566

Chapter 15. FUNDAMENTALS OF QUANTUM STATISTICAL CALCULATIONS OF THERMODYNAMIC FUNCTIONS AND CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM FROM SPECTROSCOPIC DATA 568
15.1. Introduction 568
15.2. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Translational Degrees of Freedom 572
15.3. Thermodynamic Properties of Gases Due to Intramolecular Degrees of Freedom 575
15.3.1. Rotational Partition Function 577
15.3.2. Vibrational Partition Function 583
15.3.3. Partition Function for Electronic Excitation 587
15.3.4. Nuclear Spin 588
15.3.5. Effect of Isotopic Composition 589
15.3.6. Group of Properties 589
15.4. Calculation of Chemical Equilibrium 592
APPENDICES 599
List of Symbols 599
Heat Capacities, Standard Enthalpies and Gibbs Energies of
#chemistry #sovietLiterature #thermodynamicSystems #thermodynamics

#chemistry #sovietliterature #thermodynamicsystems #thermodynamics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-07 · 02:21 UTC

Similarity And Dimensional Methods In Mechanics by L. I. Sedov

Dimensional analysis and similarity theory are essential in physics and engineering, particularly for designing and testing complex structures like airplanes, ships, and dams. These theories guide the conditions for model experiments and identify key parameters for fundamental effects and operations. Despite their simplicity and utility, they are often inadequately explained in textbooks and educational practices, leading to confusion and misconceptions.
The book highlights the importance of clear definitions of dimensional and dimensionless quantities and foundational concepts like the number of basic units of measurement. It critiques the superficial treatment of these topics in academia, which has occasionally led to paradoxes, such as misinterpretations in Rayleigh’s conclusions on heat emission.
Dimensional analysis is especially valuable when combined with broader physical principles, yielding significant insights in fields like turbulence, where a complete mathematical framework is lacking. The book includes new results in turbulence theory and provides detailed analyses of problems like turbulent fluid motion and Newton’s second law.
While many applications of dimensional analysis are not covered, the text aims to demonstrate standard methods and inspire the selection and formulation of new problems and experiments. The first half of the book is accessible to general readers, while the latter half requires some knowledge of hydromechanics.
Translated from the Russian by V. I. Kisin
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Foreword to the First Russian Edition 7
Foreword to the Third Russian Edition 9
Foreword to the Sixth Russian Edition 10
Foreword to the Eighth Russian Edition 11
Foreword to the Ninth Russian Edition 11
CHAPTER I. General Dimensions Theory
§ 1. Introduction 13
§ 2. Dimensional and Dimensionless Quantities 14
§ 3. Fundamental and Derived Units of Measurement 15
§ 4. Dimensions Formulas 20
§ 5. On Newton’s Second Law 21
§ 6. Nature of the Functional Relations Between Physical Quantities 27
§ 7. Parameters Defining a Class of Phenomena 32
References 35
CHAPTER II. Similarity, Modelling, and Various Examples of the Application of Dimensional Analysis
§ 1. Motion of a Simple Pendulum 36
§ 2. Flow of a Heavy Fluid Through a Spillway 38
§ 3. Fluid Motion in Pipes 40
§ 4. Motion of a Body in a Fluid 44
§ 5. Heat Transfer from a Body in a Fluid Flow 51
§ 6. Dynamic Similarity and Modelling of Phenomena 54
§ 7. Steady Motion of a Solid Body in a Compressible Fluid 63
§ 8. Unsteady Motion in a Fluid 68
§ 9. Ship Motion 72
§ 10. Planing over the Water Surface 79
§ 11. Impact on Water 86
§ 12. Entry of a Cone and a Wedge at Constant Speed into a Fluid 93
§ 13. Small-Amplitude Waves on the Surface of an Incompressible Fluid 95
§ 14. Three-Dimensional Self-Similar Motions of Continuous Media 103
References 106
CHAPTER III. Applications to the Theory of Motion of a Viscous Fluid and to the Theory of Turbulence
§ 1. Diffusion of Vorticity in a Viscous Fluid 108
§ 2. Exact Solutions of the Equations of Motion of a Viscous Incompressible Fluid 110
§ 3. Boundary Layer in the Flow of a Viscous Fluid Past a Flat Plate 116
§ 4. Isotropic Turbulent Motion of an Incompressible Fluid 120
§ 5. Steady Turbulent Motion 151
References 163
CHAPTER IV. One-Dimensional Unsteady Motion of a Gas
§ 1. Self-Similar Motion of Spherical, Cylindrical, and Plane Waves in a Gas 166
§ 2. Ordinary Differential Equations and the Shock Conditions for Self-Similar Motions 175
§ 3. Algebraic Integrals for Self-Similar Motion 187
§ 4. Motions which Are Self-Similar in the Limit 196
§ 5. Investigation of the Family of Integral Curves in the (z, V) Plane 200
§ 6. The Piston Problem 208
§ 7. Problem of Implosion and Explosion at a Point 211
§ 8. Spherical Detonation 213
§ 9. Flame Propagation 220
§ 10. Collapse of an Arbitrary Discontinuity in a Combustible Mixture 225
§ 11. Problem of a Strong Explosion 229
§ 12. Point Explosion with Counterpressure Taken into Account 260
§ 13. On Modelling and on Formulas for the Peak Pressure and Impulse of Explosions 272
§ 14. Problem of a Strong Explosion in a Medium with a Variable Density 282
§ 15. Unsteady Motion of a Gas when the Velocity is Proportional to the Distance from the Centre of Symmetry 293
§ 16. On the General Theory of One-Dimensional Motion of a Gas 304
§ 17. Asymptotic Laws of Shock Wave Damping 317
References 325
CHAPTER V. Introduction to the Theory of Gas Engines
§ 1. On Averaging of Nonuniform Gas Flows in Ducts 334
§ 2. Similarity Conditions and Abstract Parameters Determining the Characteristics of Compressors 348
§ 3. On Flight Efficiency of an Ideal Propeller and an Ideal Air-Breathing Jet Engine 359
References 366
CHAPTER VI. Applications to Astrophysical Problems
§ 1. Some Observational Results 367
§ 2. On the Equations of Equilibrium and Motion of a Gaseous Mass Simulating a Star 377
§ 3. Theoretical Formulas Relating Luminosity with Mass, and Radius with Mass 382
§ 4. Some Simple Solutions of the System of Equations of Stellar Equilibrium 386
§ 5. On the Relation Between the Period of Variation of the Brightness and the Average Density for Cepheids 392
§ 6. On the Theory of the Flare-ups of Novae and Supernovae 395
References 417
Name Index 419
Subject Index 422
#astrophysics #dimensionalAnalysis #hydrodynamics #mechanics #modelling #physics #problemSolving #scaling #similarityInProblemSolving #sovietLiterature #unsteadyMotion

#astrophysics #dimensionalanalysis #hydrodynamics #mechanics #modelling #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-07 · 02:21 UTC

Similarity And Dimensional Methods In Mechanics by L. I. Sedov

Dimensional analysis and similarity theory are essential in physics and engineering, particularly for designing and testing complex structures like airplanes, ships, and dams. These theories guide the conditions for model experiments and identify key parameters for fundamental effects and operations. Despite their simplicity and utility, they are often inadequately explained in textbooks and educational practices, leading to confusion and misconceptions.
The book highlights the importance of clear definitions of dimensional and dimensionless quantities and foundational concepts like the number of basic units of measurement. It critiques the superficial treatment of these topics in academia, which has occasionally led to paradoxes, such as misinterpretations in Rayleigh’s conclusions on heat emission.
Dimensional analysis is especially valuable when combined with broader physical principles, yielding significant insights in fields like turbulence, where a complete mathematical framework is lacking. The book includes new results in turbulence theory and provides detailed analyses of problems like turbulent fluid motion and Newton’s second law.
While many applications of dimensional analysis are not covered, the text aims to demonstrate standard methods and inspire the selection and formulation of new problems and experiments. The first half of the book is accessible to general readers, while the latter half requires some knowledge of hydromechanics.
Translated from the Russian by V. I. Kisin
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Foreword to the First Russian Edition 7
Foreword to the Third Russian Edition 9
Foreword to the Sixth Russian Edition 10
Foreword to the Eighth Russian Edition 11
Foreword to the Ninth Russian Edition 11
CHAPTER I. General Dimensions Theory
§ 1. Introduction 13
§ 2. Dimensional and Dimensionless Quantities 14
§ 3. Fundamental and Derived Units of Measurement 15
§ 4. Dimensions Formulas 20
§ 5. On Newton’s Second Law 21
§ 6. Nature of the Functional Relations Between Physical Quantities 27
§ 7. Parameters Defining a Class of Phenomena 32
References 35
CHAPTER II. Similarity, Modelling, and Various Examples of the Application of Dimensional Analysis
§ 1. Motion of a Simple Pendulum 36
§ 2. Flow of a Heavy Fluid Through a Spillway 38
§ 3. Fluid Motion in Pipes 40
§ 4. Motion of a Body in a Fluid 44
§ 5. Heat Transfer from a Body in a Fluid Flow 51
§ 6. Dynamic Similarity and Modelling of Phenomena 54
§ 7. Steady Motion of a Solid Body in a Compressible Fluid 63
§ 8. Unsteady Motion in a Fluid 68
§ 9. Ship Motion 72
§ 10. Planing over the Water Surface 79
§ 11. Impact on Water 86
§ 12. Entry of a Cone and a Wedge at Constant Speed into a Fluid 93
§ 13. Small-Amplitude Waves on the Surface of an Incompressible Fluid 95
§ 14. Three-Dimensional Self-Similar Motions of Continuous Media 103
References 106
CHAPTER III. Applications to the Theory of Motion of a Viscous Fluid and to the Theory of Turbulence
§ 1. Diffusion of Vorticity in a Viscous Fluid 108
§ 2. Exact Solutions of the Equations of Motion of a Viscous Incompressible Fluid 110
§ 3. Boundary Layer in the Flow of a Viscous Fluid Past a Flat Plate 116
§ 4. Isotropic Turbulent Motion of an Incompressible Fluid 120
§ 5. Steady Turbulent Motion 151
References 163
CHAPTER IV. One-Dimensional Unsteady Motion of a Gas
§ 1. Self-Similar Motion of Spherical, Cylindrical, and Plane Waves in a Gas 166
§ 2. Ordinary Differential Equations and the Shock Conditions for Self-Similar Motions 175
§ 3. Algebraic Integrals for Self-Similar Motion 187
§ 4. Motions which Are Self-Similar in the Limit 196
§ 5. Investigation of the Family of Integral Curves in the (z, V) Plane 200
§ 6. The Piston Problem 208
§ 7. Problem of Implosion and Explosion at a Point 211
§ 8. Spherical Detonation 213
§ 9. Flame Propagation 220
§ 10. Collapse of an Arbitrary Discontinuity in a Combustible Mixture 225
§ 11. Problem of a Strong Explosion 229
§ 12. Point Explosion with Counterpressure Taken into Account 260
§ 13. On Modelling and on Formulas for the Peak Pressure and Impulse of Explosions 272
§ 14. Problem of a Strong Explosion in a Medium with a Variable Density 282
§ 15. Unsteady Motion of a Gas when the Velocity is Proportional to the Distance from the Centre of Symmetry 293
§ 16. On the General Theory of One-Dimensional Motion of a Gas 304
§ 17. Asymptotic Laws of Shock Wave Damping 317
References 325
CHAPTER V. Introduction to the Theory of Gas Engines
§ 1. On Averaging of Nonuniform Gas Flows in Ducts 334
§ 2. Similarity Conditions and Abstract Parameters Determining the Characteristics of Compressors 348
§ 3. On Flight Efficiency of an Ideal Propeller and an Ideal Air-Breathing Jet Engine 359
References 366
CHAPTER VI. Applications to Astrophysical Problems
§ 1. Some Observational Results 367
§ 2. On the Equations of Equilibrium and Motion of a Gaseous Mass Simulating a Star 377
§ 3. Theoretical Formulas Relating Luminosity with Mass, and Radius with Mass 382
§ 4. Some Simple Solutions of the System of Equations of Stellar Equilibrium 386
§ 5. On the Relation Between the Period of Variation of the Brightness and the Average Density for Cepheids 392
§ 6. On the Theory of the Flare-ups of Novae and Supernovae 395
References 417
Name Index 419
Subject Index 422
#astrophysics #dimensionalAnalysis #hydrodynamics #mechanics #modelling #physics #problemSolving #scaling #similarityInProblemSolving #sovietLiterature #unsteadyMotion

#astrophysics #dimensionalanalysis #hydrodynamics #mechanics #modelling #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-07 · 02:21 UTC

Similarity And Dimensional Methods In Mechanics by L. I. Sedov

Dimensional analysis and similarity theory are essential in physics and engineering, particularly for designing and testing complex structures like airplanes, ships, and dams. These theories guide the conditions for model experiments and identify key parameters for fundamental effects and operations. Despite their simplicity and utility, they are often inadequately explained in textbooks and educational practices, leading to confusion and misconceptions.
The book highlights the importance of clear definitions of dimensional and dimensionless quantities and foundational concepts like the number of basic units of measurement. It critiques the superficial treatment of these topics in academia, which has occasionally led to paradoxes, such as misinterpretations in Rayleigh’s conclusions on heat emission.
Dimensional analysis is especially valuable when combined with broader physical principles, yielding significant insights in fields like turbulence, where a complete mathematical framework is lacking. The book includes new results in turbulence theory and provides detailed analyses of problems like turbulent fluid motion and Newton’s second law.
While many applications of dimensional analysis are not covered, the text aims to demonstrate standard methods and inspire the selection and formulation of new problems and experiments. The first half of the book is accessible to general readers, while the latter half requires some knowledge of hydromechanics.
Translated from the Russian by V. I. Kisin
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Foreword to the First Russian Edition 7
Foreword to the Third Russian Edition 9
Foreword to the Sixth Russian Edition 10
Foreword to the Eighth Russian Edition 11
Foreword to the Ninth Russian Edition 11
CHAPTER I. General Dimensions Theory
§ 1. Introduction 13
§ 2. Dimensional and Dimensionless Quantities 14
§ 3. Fundamental and Derived Units of Measurement 15
§ 4. Dimensions Formulas 20
§ 5. On Newton’s Second Law 21
§ 6. Nature of the Functional Relations Between Physical Quantities 27
§ 7. Parameters Defining a Class of Phenomena 32
References 35
CHAPTER II. Similarity, Modelling, and Various Examples of the Application of Dimensional Analysis
§ 1. Motion of a Simple Pendulum 36
§ 2. Flow of a Heavy Fluid Through a Spillway 38
§ 3. Fluid Motion in Pipes 40
§ 4. Motion of a Body in a Fluid 44
§ 5. Heat Transfer from a Body in a Fluid Flow 51
§ 6. Dynamic Similarity and Modelling of Phenomena 54
§ 7. Steady Motion of a Solid Body in a Compressible Fluid 63
§ 8. Unsteady Motion in a Fluid 68
§ 9. Ship Motion 72
§ 10. Planing over the Water Surface 79
§ 11. Impact on Water 86
§ 12. Entry of a Cone and a Wedge at Constant Speed into a Fluid 93
§ 13. Small-Amplitude Waves on the Surface of an Incompressible Fluid 95
§ 14. Three-Dimensional Self-Similar Motions of Continuous Media 103
References 106
CHAPTER III. Applications to the Theory of Motion of a Viscous Fluid and to the Theory of Turbulence
§ 1. Diffusion of Vorticity in a Viscous Fluid 108
§ 2. Exact Solutions of the Equations of Motion of a Viscous Incompressible Fluid 110
§ 3. Boundary Layer in the Flow of a Viscous Fluid Past a Flat Plate 116
§ 4. Isotropic Turbulent Motion of an Incompressible Fluid 120
§ 5. Steady Turbulent Motion 151
References 163
CHAPTER IV. One-Dimensional Unsteady Motion of a Gas
§ 1. Self-Similar Motion of Spherical, Cylindrical, and Plane Waves in a Gas 166
§ 2. Ordinary Differential Equations and the Shock Conditions for Self-Similar Motions 175
§ 3. Algebraic Integrals for Self-Similar Motion 187
§ 4. Motions which Are Self-Similar in the Limit 196
§ 5. Investigation of the Family of Integral Curves in the (z, V) Plane 200
§ 6. The Piston Problem 208
§ 7. Problem of Implosion and Explosion at a Point 211
§ 8. Spherical Detonation 213
§ 9. Flame Propagation 220
§ 10. Collapse of an Arbitrary Discontinuity in a Combustible Mixture 225
§ 11. Problem of a Strong Explosion 229
§ 12. Point Explosion with Counterpressure Taken into Account 260
§ 13. On Modelling and on Formulas for the Peak Pressure and Impulse of Explosions 272
§ 14. Problem of a Strong Explosion in a Medium with a Variable Density 282
§ 15. Unsteady Motion of a Gas when the Velocity is Proportional to the Distance from the Centre of Symmetry 293
§ 16. On the General Theory of One-Dimensional Motion of a Gas 304
§ 17. Asymptotic Laws of Shock Wave Damping 317
References 325
CHAPTER V. Introduction to the Theory of Gas Engines
§ 1. On Averaging of Nonuniform Gas Flows in Ducts 334
§ 2. Similarity Conditions and Abstract Parameters Determining the Characteristics of Compressors 348
§ 3. On Flight Efficiency of an Ideal Propeller and an Ideal Air-Breathing Jet Engine 359
References 366
CHAPTER VI. Applications to Astrophysical Problems
§ 1. Some Observational Results 367
§ 2. On the Equations of Equilibrium and Motion of a Gaseous Mass Simulating a Star 377
§ 3. Theoretical Formulas Relating Luminosity with Mass, and Radius with Mass 382
§ 4. Some Simple Solutions of the System of Equations of Stellar Equilibrium 386
§ 5. On the Relation Between the Period of Variation of the Brightness and the Average Density for Cepheids 392
§ 6. On the Theory of the Flare-ups of Novae and Supernovae 395
References 417
Name Index 419
Subject Index 422
#astrophysics #dimensionalAnalysis #hydrodynamics #mechanics #modelling #physics #problemSolving #scaling #similarityInProblemSolving #sovietLiterature #unsteadyMotion

#astrophysics #dimensionalanalysis #hydrodynamics #mechanics #modelling #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-07 · 02:21 UTC

Similarity And Dimensional Methods In Mechanics by L. I. Sedov

Dimensional analysis and similarity theory are essential in physics and engineering, particularly for designing and testing complex structures like airplanes, ships, and dams. These theories guide the conditions for model experiments and identify key parameters for fundamental effects and operations. Despite their simplicity and utility, they are often inadequately explained in textbooks and educational practices, leading to confusion and misconceptions.
The book highlights the importance of clear definitions of dimensional and dimensionless quantities and foundational concepts like the number of basic units of measurement. It critiques the superficial treatment of these topics in academia, which has occasionally led to paradoxes, such as misinterpretations in Rayleigh’s conclusions on heat emission.
Dimensional analysis is especially valuable when combined with broader physical principles, yielding significant insights in fields like turbulence, where a complete mathematical framework is lacking. The book includes new results in turbulence theory and provides detailed analyses of problems like turbulent fluid motion and Newton’s second law.
While many applications of dimensional analysis are not covered, the text aims to demonstrate standard methods and inspire the selection and formulation of new problems and experiments. The first half of the book is accessible to general readers, while the latter half requires some knowledge of hydromechanics.
Translated from the Russian by V. I. Kisin
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Foreword to the First Russian Edition 7
Foreword to the Third Russian Edition 9
Foreword to the Sixth Russian Edition 10
Foreword to the Eighth Russian Edition 11
Foreword to the Ninth Russian Edition 11
CHAPTER I. General Dimensions Theory
§ 1. Introduction 13
§ 2. Dimensional and Dimensionless Quantities 14
§ 3. Fundamental and Derived Units of Measurement 15
§ 4. Dimensions Formulas 20
§ 5. On Newton’s Second Law 21
§ 6. Nature of the Functional Relations Between Physical Quantities 27
§ 7. Parameters Defining a Class of Phenomena 32
References 35
CHAPTER II. Similarity, Modelling, and Various Examples of the Application of Dimensional Analysis
§ 1. Motion of a Simple Pendulum 36
§ 2. Flow of a Heavy Fluid Through a Spillway 38
§ 3. Fluid Motion in Pipes 40
§ 4. Motion of a Body in a Fluid 44
§ 5. Heat Transfer from a Body in a Fluid Flow 51
§ 6. Dynamic Similarity and Modelling of Phenomena 54
§ 7. Steady Motion of a Solid Body in a Compressible Fluid 63
§ 8. Unsteady Motion in a Fluid 68
§ 9. Ship Motion 72
§ 10. Planing over the Water Surface 79
§ 11. Impact on Water 86
§ 12. Entry of a Cone and a Wedge at Constant Speed into a Fluid 93
§ 13. Small-Amplitude Waves on the Surface of an Incompressible Fluid 95
§ 14. Three-Dimensional Self-Similar Motions of Continuous Media 103
References 106
CHAPTER III. Applications to the Theory of Motion of a Viscous Fluid and to the Theory of Turbulence
§ 1. Diffusion of Vorticity in a Viscous Fluid 108
§ 2. Exact Solutions of the Equations of Motion of a Viscous Incompressible Fluid 110
§ 3. Boundary Layer in the Flow of a Viscous Fluid Past a Flat Plate 116
§ 4. Isotropic Turbulent Motion of an Incompressible Fluid 120
§ 5. Steady Turbulent Motion 151
References 163
CHAPTER IV. One-Dimensional Unsteady Motion of a Gas
§ 1. Self-Similar Motion of Spherical, Cylindrical, and Plane Waves in a Gas 166
§ 2. Ordinary Differential Equations and the Shock Conditions for Self-Similar Motions 175
§ 3. Algebraic Integrals for Self-Similar Motion 187
§ 4. Motions which Are Self-Similar in the Limit 196
§ 5. Investigation of the Family of Integral Curves in the (z, V) Plane 200
§ 6. The Piston Problem 208
§ 7. Problem of Implosion and Explosion at a Point 211
§ 8. Spherical Detonation 213
§ 9. Flame Propagation 220
§ 10. Collapse of an Arbitrary Discontinuity in a Combustible Mixture 225
§ 11. Problem of a Strong Explosion 229
§ 12. Point Explosion with Counterpressure Taken into Account 260
§ 13. On Modelling and on Formulas for the Peak Pressure and Impulse of Explosions 272
§ 14. Problem of a Strong Explosion in a Medium with a Variable Density 282
§ 15. Unsteady Motion of a Gas when the Velocity is Proportional to the Distance from the Centre of Symmetry 293
§ 16. On the General Theory of One-Dimensional Motion of a Gas 304
§ 17. Asymptotic Laws of Shock Wave Damping 317
References 325
CHAPTER V. Introduction to the Theory of Gas Engines
§ 1. On Averaging of Nonuniform Gas Flows in Ducts 334
§ 2. Similarity Conditions and Abstract Parameters Determining the Characteristics of Compressors 348
§ 3. On Flight Efficiency of an Ideal Propeller and an Ideal Air-Breathing Jet Engine 359
References 366
CHAPTER VI. Applications to Astrophysical Problems
§ 1. Some Observational Results 367
§ 2. On the Equations of Equilibrium and Motion of a Gaseous Mass Simulating a Star 377
§ 3. Theoretical Formulas Relating Luminosity with Mass, and Radius with Mass 382
§ 4. Some Simple Solutions of the System of Equations of Stellar Equilibrium 386
§ 5. On the Relation Between the Period of Variation of the Brightness and the Average Density for Cepheids 392
§ 6. On the Theory of the Flare-ups of Novae and Supernovae 395
References 417
Name Index 419
Subject Index 422
#astrophysics #dimensionalAnalysis #hydrodynamics #mechanics #modelling #physics #problemSolving #scaling #similarityInProblemSolving #sovietLiterature #unsteadyMotion

#unsteadymotion #sovietliterature #similarityinproblemsolving #scaling #problemsolving #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-07 · 02:21 UTC

Similarity And Dimensional Methods In Mechanics by L. I. Sedov

Dimensional analysis and similarity theory are essential in physics and engineering, particularly for designing and testing complex structures like airplanes, ships, and dams. These theories guide the conditions for model experiments and identify key parameters for fundamental effects and operations. Despite their simplicity and utility, they are often inadequately explained in textbooks and educational practices, leading to confusion and misconceptions.
The book highlights the importance of clear definitions of dimensional and dimensionless quantities and foundational concepts like the number of basic units of measurement. It critiques the superficial treatment of these topics in academia, which has occasionally led to paradoxes, such as misinterpretations in Rayleigh’s conclusions on heat emission.
Dimensional analysis is especially valuable when combined with broader physical principles, yielding significant insights in fields like turbulence, where a complete mathematical framework is lacking. The book includes new results in turbulence theory and provides detailed analyses of problems like turbulent fluid motion and Newton’s second law.
While many applications of dimensional analysis are not covered, the text aims to demonstrate standard methods and inspire the selection and formulation of new problems and experiments. The first half of the book is accessible to general readers, while the latter half requires some knowledge of hydromechanics.
Translated from the Russian by V. I. Kisin
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Foreword to the First Russian Edition 7
Foreword to the Third Russian Edition 9
Foreword to the Sixth Russian Edition 10
Foreword to the Eighth Russian Edition 11
Foreword to the Ninth Russian Edition 11
CHAPTER I. General Dimensions Theory
§ 1. Introduction 13
§ 2. Dimensional and Dimensionless Quantities 14
§ 3. Fundamental and Derived Units of Measurement 15
§ 4. Dimensions Formulas 20
§ 5. On Newton’s Second Law 21
§ 6. Nature of the Functional Relations Between Physical Quantities 27
§ 7. Parameters Defining a Class of Phenomena 32
References 35
CHAPTER II. Similarity, Modelling, and Various Examples of the Application of Dimensional Analysis
§ 1. Motion of a Simple Pendulum 36
§ 2. Flow of a Heavy Fluid Through a Spillway 38
§ 3. Fluid Motion in Pipes 40
§ 4. Motion of a Body in a Fluid 44
§ 5. Heat Transfer from a Body in a Fluid Flow 51
§ 6. Dynamic Similarity and Modelling of Phenomena 54
§ 7. Steady Motion of a Solid Body in a Compressible Fluid 63
§ 8. Unsteady Motion in a Fluid 68
§ 9. Ship Motion 72
§ 10. Planing over the Water Surface 79
§ 11. Impact on Water 86
§ 12. Entry of a Cone and a Wedge at Constant Speed into a Fluid 93
§ 13. Small-Amplitude Waves on the Surface of an Incompressible Fluid 95
§ 14. Three-Dimensional Self-Similar Motions of Continuous Media 103
References 106
CHAPTER III. Applications to the Theory of Motion of a Viscous Fluid and to the Theory of Turbulence
§ 1. Diffusion of Vorticity in a Viscous Fluid 108
§ 2. Exact Solutions of the Equations of Motion of a Viscous Incompressible Fluid 110
§ 3. Boundary Layer in the Flow of a Viscous Fluid Past a Flat Plate 116
§ 4. Isotropic Turbulent Motion of an Incompressible Fluid 120
§ 5. Steady Turbulent Motion 151
References 163
CHAPTER IV. One-Dimensional Unsteady Motion of a Gas
§ 1. Self-Similar Motion of Spherical, Cylindrical, and Plane Waves in a Gas 166
§ 2. Ordinary Differential Equations and the Shock Conditions for Self-Similar Motions 175
§ 3. Algebraic Integrals for Self-Similar Motion 187
§ 4. Motions which Are Self-Similar in the Limit 196
§ 5. Investigation of the Family of Integral Curves in the (z, V) Plane 200
§ 6. The Piston Problem 208
§ 7. Problem of Implosion and Explosion at a Point 211
§ 8. Spherical Detonation 213
§ 9. Flame Propagation 220
§ 10. Collapse of an Arbitrary Discontinuity in a Combustible Mixture 225
§ 11. Problem of a Strong Explosion 229
§ 12. Point Explosion with Counterpressure Taken into Account 260
§ 13. On Modelling and on Formulas for the Peak Pressure and Impulse of Explosions 272
§ 14. Problem of a Strong Explosion in a Medium with a Variable Density 282
§ 15. Unsteady Motion of a Gas when the Velocity is Proportional to the Distance from the Centre of Symmetry 293
§ 16. On the General Theory of One-Dimensional Motion of a Gas 304
§ 17. Asymptotic Laws of Shock Wave Damping 317
References 325
CHAPTER V. Introduction to the Theory of Gas Engines
§ 1. On Averaging of Nonuniform Gas Flows in Ducts 334
§ 2. Similarity Conditions and Abstract Parameters Determining the Characteristics of Compressors 348
§ 3. On Flight Efficiency of an Ideal Propeller and an Ideal Air-Breathing Jet Engine 359
References 366
CHAPTER VI. Applications to Astrophysical Problems
§ 1. Some Observational Results 367
§ 2. On the Equations of Equilibrium and Motion of a Gaseous Mass Simulating a Star 377
§ 3. Theoretical Formulas Relating Luminosity with Mass, and Radius with Mass 382
§ 4. Some Simple Solutions of the System of Equations of Stellar Equilibrium 386
§ 5. On the Relation Between the Period of Variation of the Brightness and the Average Density for Cepheids 392
§ 6. On the Theory of the Flare-ups of Novae and Supernovae 395
References 417
Name Index 419
Subject Index 422
#astrophysics #dimensionalAnalysis #hydrodynamics #mechanics #modelling #physics #problemSolving #scaling #similarityInProblemSolving #sovietLiterature #unsteadyMotion

#astrophysics #dimensionalanalysis #hydrodynamics #mechanics #modelling #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-05 · 01:38 UTC

Laboratory Manual Of Organic Synthesis by M. N. Khramkina

This book explains the modern theoretical concepts of organic chemistry to the extent needed for carrying out synthesis. A more detailed exposition of theoretical aspects, especially those involving the reaction mechanisms, is given in textbooks of organic chemistry.
This textbook presents a large number of syntheses. The greatest attention is devoted to laboratory operations which are of practical and methodological importance. If need be, a laboratory operation in a given subject can be replaced by a similar one in the students’ future speciality. In addition, when there is a large number of syntheses, the instructor can select those needed for review problems to see how well the students have learned their material.
Certain guides to organic synthesis were used when the textbook was being written.
This edition of the textbook has new material on the mechanism of individual reactions and a chapter on the identification of organic compounds.
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface
Part I — METHODS USED IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
Chapter 1 — WORK AND SAFETY RULES
1.1. Principal Laboratory Operations
Assembly
Cleaning and Drying Laboratory Equipment
Literature, Notebooks and Reports
1.2. Safety Rules in the Organic Synthesis Laboratory
Precautions and First Aid in Case of Accidents
Work with Poisons and Caustics
Work with Highly Flammable Substances and Explosives
Rules of Handling Glassware
First Aid in Case of Burns, Poisonings and Other Accidents
Local Fires and Burning Laboratory Equipment
Chapter 2 — PRINCIPAL LABORATORY OPERATIONS
2.1. Heating
2.2. Cooling
2.3. Measuring and Controlling the Temperature
2.4. Grinding and Stirring
2.5. Dissolution and Properties of Some Organic Solvents
Ethyl Alcohol
Methyl Alcohol
Ether
Petroleum Ether
Acetone
2.6. Drying and Principal Drying Agents
Drying Gases
Drying Organic Liquids
Drying Solids
Principal Drying Agents
2.7. Filtration
Filtration at Atmospheric Pressure
Suction Filtration
Chapter 3 — METHODS OF PURIFYING ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
3.1. Crystallisation
Solvent Selection
Recrystallisation Procedure
Formation of Crystals
3.2. Sublimation
3.3. Extraction
3.4. Distillation
Simple Distillation at Atmospheric Pressure
Steam Distillation
Vacuum Distillation (at Reduced Pressure)
Fractional Distillation
Rectification
3.5. Chromatography
Adsorption Chromatography (Column Chromatography)
Partition Chromatography
Paper Chromatography
Ion Exchange Chromatography
Chapter 4 — DETERMINATION OF THE PRINCIPAL CONSTANTS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
4.1. Melting Point
4.2. Boiling Point
4.3. Specific Gravity
4.4. Refractive Index
4.5. Molecular Weight
Chapter 5 — WORK WITH COMPRESSED AND LIQUEFIED GASES
5.1. Gas Cylinders and How to Use Them
5.2. Dosing Gases
5.3. Purification of Gases and Their Introduction into an Apparatus
5.4. Safety Rules in Handling Gas Cylinders
Chapter 6 — QUANTITATIVE ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
6.1. Semimicrodetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
6.2. Semimicrodetermination of Nitrogen (According to Dumas)
Assembly
Analysis
6.3. Microdetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
Part II — SYNTHESES OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
Chapter 7 — HALOGENATION REACTIONS
7.1. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Alcohols by a Halogen
7.2. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Acids by a Halogen
7.3. Halogen Addition to a Multiple Bond
7.4. Direct Replacement of Hydrogen by a Halogen
7.5. Syntheses
Ethyl Bromide
Acetylene and Ethyl Bromide
Ethyl Iodide
Butyl Bromide
Acetyl Chloride
Benzoyl Chloride
1,2-Dibromoethane
Bromobenzene
α-Bromonaphthalene
p-Bromoanisole
Chapter 8 — ALKYLATION REACTIONS
8.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds by Alcohols in the Presence of Sulphuric Acid
8.2. Preparation of Ethers
8.3. Syntheses
sec-Butylbenzene
Dibutyl Ether
Isoamyl Ether
Diphenyl Ether
Phenetole
β-Naphthyl Ethyl Ether (Nerolin, Bromelia)
Anisole
Chapter 9 — ACYLATION REACTIONS
9.1. Acylation of Alcohols and Amines by Carboxylic Acids
9.2. Acylation of Alcohols, Phenols and Amines by Acyl Chlorides
9.3. Acylation of Amines by Acid Anhydrides
9.4. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetate
Isoamyl Acetate
Ethyl Chloroacetate
Diethyl Oxalate (Oxalic Ester)
Ethyl Benzoate
Benzanilide
Aspirin (Acetylsalicylic Acid)
β-Naphthyl Acetate
Acetanilide
Chapter 10 — FRIEDEL-CRAFTS REACTIONS
10.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.2. Acylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.3. Syntheses
Isopropylbenzene
Diphenylmethane
Acetophenone
Benzophenone
Chapter 11 — OXIDATION REACTIONS
11.1. Oxidation at the Double Bond
11.2. Oxidation of Primary and Secondary Alcohols to Aldehydes or Ketones
11.3. Oxidation of Aldehydes and Ketones to Acids
11.4. Oxidation of Methyl and Methylene Groups
11.5. Preparation of Quinones by Oxidation
11.6. Syntheses
Acetaldehyde
Propionaldehyde
Isovaleraldehyde
Benzophenone
Isobutyric Acid
Valeric Acid
Benzoic Acid
Benzoquinone
Anthraquinone
Chapter 12 — NITRATION REACTIONS
12.1. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Fatty Series
12.2. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Aromatic Series
12.3. Syntheses
Nitromethane
Nitrobenzene
o-,p-Nitrotoluene
o-,p-Nitrophenol
α-Nitronaphthalene
Chapter 13 — AMINATION REACTIONS
13.1. Preparation of Amines of the Fatty Series
13.2. Preparation of Amines of the Aromatic Series
13.3. Syntheses
Methylamine
Aniline
o-,p-Toluidine
α-Naphthylamine
Preparation of α-Naphthylamine Hydrochloride
Chapter 14 — SULPHONATION REACTIONS
14.1. Sulphonation of Aromatic Compounds
14.2. Syntheses
β-Naphthalenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
Benzenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
p-Toluenesulphonic Acid
Sulphanilic Acid
Chapter 15 — DIAZOTIZATION AND AZO COUPLING REACTIONS
15.1. Diazonium Salt Reactions with Loss of Nitrogen
15.2. Diazonium Salt Reactions without Loss of Nitrogen
15.3. Syntheses
Phenol
Iodobenzene
Helianthin
β-Naphthol Orange
Chapter 16 — GRIGNARD REACTIONS
16.1. Preparation of Hydrocarbons
Quantitative Determination of Active Hydrogen by the Chugaev-Tserevitinov Method
16.2. Preparation of Carboxylic Acids
16.3. Preparation of Alcohols
16.4. Syntheses
Phenylacetic Acid
Triphenylcarbinol
Diphenylcarbinol (Benzhydrol)
Chapter 17 — CANNIZZARO REACTIONS
17.1. Synthesis of Benzoic Acid and Benzyl Alcohol
Chapter 18 — CLAISEN REACTIONS
18.1. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetoacetate
Benzoylacetone
Chapter 19 — POLYMERIZATION AND POLYCONDENSATION REACTIONS
19.1. Polymerization
19.2. Polycondensation (Condensation Polymerization)
19.3. Syntheses
Paraldehyde
Polystyrene
Polymethyl Methacrylate
Copolymer of Styrene with Methyl Methacrylate
Methyl Methacrylate (from Methyl Methacrylate)
Glyptal Resin
Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin
Chapter 20 — IDENTIFICATION
20.1. Preliminary Tests
20.2. Qualitative Reactions
20.3. Preparation of Derivatives
RECOMMENDED LITERATURE
SUPPLEMENTS
Drying Agents for Organic Compounds
Steam Pressure at Different Temperatures
Pressure of Liquefied Gases in Cylinders
Colour Code of Compressed Gas Cylinders
Density of Sulphuric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Hydrochloric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Nitric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Sodium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Density of Potassium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Physical Properties of Alcohols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Phenols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Aldehydes and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Ketones and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Primary and Secondary Amines and Their Derivatives (Acetamides)
Physical Properties of Acid Halides and Their Derivatives (Anilides)
#chemicalExperiments #chemicalLaboratory #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature #textbook

#chemicalexperiments #chemicallaboratory #organicchemistry #sovietliterature #textbook
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-05 · 01:38 UTC

Laboratory Manual Of Organic Synthesis by M. N. Khramkina

This book explains the modern theoretical concepts of organic chemistry to the extent needed for carrying out synthesis. A more detailed exposition of theoretical aspects, especially those involving the reaction mechanisms, is given in textbooks of organic chemistry.
This textbook presents a large number of syntheses. The greatest attention is devoted to laboratory operations which are of practical and methodological importance. If need be, a laboratory operation in a given subject can be replaced by a similar one in the students’ future speciality. In addition, when there is a large number of syntheses, the instructor can select those needed for review problems to see how well the students have learned their material.
Certain guides to organic synthesis were used when the textbook was being written.
This edition of the textbook has new material on the mechanism of individual reactions and a chapter on the identification of organic compounds.
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface
Part I — METHODS USED IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
Chapter 1 — WORK AND SAFETY RULES
1.1. Principal Laboratory Operations
Assembly
Cleaning and Drying Laboratory Equipment
Literature, Notebooks and Reports
1.2. Safety Rules in the Organic Synthesis Laboratory
Precautions and First Aid in Case of Accidents
Work with Poisons and Caustics
Work with Highly Flammable Substances and Explosives
Rules of Handling Glassware
First Aid in Case of Burns, Poisonings and Other Accidents
Local Fires and Burning Laboratory Equipment
Chapter 2 — PRINCIPAL LABORATORY OPERATIONS
2.1. Heating
2.2. Cooling
2.3. Measuring and Controlling the Temperature
2.4. Grinding and Stirring
2.5. Dissolution and Properties of Some Organic Solvents
Ethyl Alcohol
Methyl Alcohol
Ether
Petroleum Ether
Acetone
2.6. Drying and Principal Drying Agents
Drying Gases
Drying Organic Liquids
Drying Solids
Principal Drying Agents
2.7. Filtration
Filtration at Atmospheric Pressure
Suction Filtration
Chapter 3 — METHODS OF PURIFYING ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
3.1. Crystallisation
Solvent Selection
Recrystallisation Procedure
Formation of Crystals
3.2. Sublimation
3.3. Extraction
3.4. Distillation
Simple Distillation at Atmospheric Pressure
Steam Distillation
Vacuum Distillation (at Reduced Pressure)
Fractional Distillation
Rectification
3.5. Chromatography
Adsorption Chromatography (Column Chromatography)
Partition Chromatography
Paper Chromatography
Ion Exchange Chromatography
Chapter 4 — DETERMINATION OF THE PRINCIPAL CONSTANTS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
4.1. Melting Point
4.2. Boiling Point
4.3. Specific Gravity
4.4. Refractive Index
4.5. Molecular Weight
Chapter 5 — WORK WITH COMPRESSED AND LIQUEFIED GASES
5.1. Gas Cylinders and How to Use Them
5.2. Dosing Gases
5.3. Purification of Gases and Their Introduction into an Apparatus
5.4. Safety Rules in Handling Gas Cylinders
Chapter 6 — QUANTITATIVE ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
6.1. Semimicrodetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
6.2. Semimicrodetermination of Nitrogen (According to Dumas)
Assembly
Analysis
6.3. Microdetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
Part II — SYNTHESES OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
Chapter 7 — HALOGENATION REACTIONS
7.1. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Alcohols by a Halogen
7.2. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Acids by a Halogen
7.3. Halogen Addition to a Multiple Bond
7.4. Direct Replacement of Hydrogen by a Halogen
7.5. Syntheses
Ethyl Bromide
Acetylene and Ethyl Bromide
Ethyl Iodide
Butyl Bromide
Acetyl Chloride
Benzoyl Chloride
1,2-Dibromoethane
Bromobenzene
α-Bromonaphthalene
p-Bromoanisole
Chapter 8 — ALKYLATION REACTIONS
8.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds by Alcohols in the Presence of Sulphuric Acid
8.2. Preparation of Ethers
8.3. Syntheses
sec-Butylbenzene
Dibutyl Ether
Isoamyl Ether
Diphenyl Ether
Phenetole
β-Naphthyl Ethyl Ether (Nerolin, Bromelia)
Anisole
Chapter 9 — ACYLATION REACTIONS
9.1. Acylation of Alcohols and Amines by Carboxylic Acids
9.2. Acylation of Alcohols, Phenols and Amines by Acyl Chlorides
9.3. Acylation of Amines by Acid Anhydrides
9.4. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetate
Isoamyl Acetate
Ethyl Chloroacetate
Diethyl Oxalate (Oxalic Ester)
Ethyl Benzoate
Benzanilide
Aspirin (Acetylsalicylic Acid)
β-Naphthyl Acetate
Acetanilide
Chapter 10 — FRIEDEL-CRAFTS REACTIONS
10.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.2. Acylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.3. Syntheses
Isopropylbenzene
Diphenylmethane
Acetophenone
Benzophenone
Chapter 11 — OXIDATION REACTIONS
11.1. Oxidation at the Double Bond
11.2. Oxidation of Primary and Secondary Alcohols to Aldehydes or Ketones
11.3. Oxidation of Aldehydes and Ketones to Acids
11.4. Oxidation of Methyl and Methylene Groups
11.5. Preparation of Quinones by Oxidation
11.6. Syntheses
Acetaldehyde
Propionaldehyde
Isovaleraldehyde
Benzophenone
Isobutyric Acid
Valeric Acid
Benzoic Acid
Benzoquinone
Anthraquinone
Chapter 12 — NITRATION REACTIONS
12.1. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Fatty Series
12.2. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Aromatic Series
12.3. Syntheses
Nitromethane
Nitrobenzene
o-,p-Nitrotoluene
o-,p-Nitrophenol
α-Nitronaphthalene
Chapter 13 — AMINATION REACTIONS
13.1. Preparation of Amines of the Fatty Series
13.2. Preparation of Amines of the Aromatic Series
13.3. Syntheses
Methylamine
Aniline
o-,p-Toluidine
α-Naphthylamine
Preparation of α-Naphthylamine Hydrochloride
Chapter 14 — SULPHONATION REACTIONS
14.1. Sulphonation of Aromatic Compounds
14.2. Syntheses
β-Naphthalenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
Benzenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
p-Toluenesulphonic Acid
Sulphanilic Acid
Chapter 15 — DIAZOTIZATION AND AZO COUPLING REACTIONS
15.1. Diazonium Salt Reactions with Loss of Nitrogen
15.2. Diazonium Salt Reactions without Loss of Nitrogen
15.3. Syntheses
Phenol
Iodobenzene
Helianthin
β-Naphthol Orange
Chapter 16 — GRIGNARD REACTIONS
16.1. Preparation of Hydrocarbons
Quantitative Determination of Active Hydrogen by the Chugaev-Tserevitinov Method
16.2. Preparation of Carboxylic Acids
16.3. Preparation of Alcohols
16.4. Syntheses
Phenylacetic Acid
Triphenylcarbinol
Diphenylcarbinol (Benzhydrol)
Chapter 17 — CANNIZZARO REACTIONS
17.1. Synthesis of Benzoic Acid and Benzyl Alcohol
Chapter 18 — CLAISEN REACTIONS
18.1. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetoacetate
Benzoylacetone
Chapter 19 — POLYMERIZATION AND POLYCONDENSATION REACTIONS
19.1. Polymerization
19.2. Polycondensation (Condensation Polymerization)
19.3. Syntheses
Paraldehyde
Polystyrene
Polymethyl Methacrylate
Copolymer of Styrene with Methyl Methacrylate
Methyl Methacrylate (from Methyl Methacrylate)
Glyptal Resin
Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin
Chapter 20 — IDENTIFICATION
20.1. Preliminary Tests
20.2. Qualitative Reactions
20.3. Preparation of Derivatives
RECOMMENDED LITERATURE
SUPPLEMENTS
Drying Agents for Organic Compounds
Steam Pressure at Different Temperatures
Pressure of Liquefied Gases in Cylinders
Colour Code of Compressed Gas Cylinders
Density of Sulphuric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Hydrochloric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Nitric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Sodium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Density of Potassium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Physical Properties of Alcohols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Phenols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Aldehydes and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Ketones and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Primary and Secondary Amines and Their Derivatives (Acetamides)
Physical Properties of Acid Halides and Their Derivatives (Anilides)
#chemicalExperiments #chemicalLaboratory #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature #textbook

#chemicalexperiments #chemicallaboratory #organicchemistry #sovietliterature #textbook
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-05 · 01:38 UTC

Laboratory Manual Of Organic Synthesis by M. N. Khramkina

This book explains the modern theoretical concepts of organic chemistry to the extent needed for carrying out synthesis. A more detailed exposition of theoretical aspects, especially those involving the reaction mechanisms, is given in textbooks of organic chemistry.
This textbook presents a large number of syntheses. The greatest attention is devoted to laboratory operations which are of practical and methodological importance. If need be, a laboratory operation in a given subject can be replaced by a similar one in the students’ future speciality. In addition, when there is a large number of syntheses, the instructor can select those needed for review problems to see how well the students have learned their material.
Certain guides to organic synthesis were used when the textbook was being written.
This edition of the textbook has new material on the mechanism of individual reactions and a chapter on the identification of organic compounds.
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface
Part I — METHODS USED IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
Chapter 1 — WORK AND SAFETY RULES
1.1. Principal Laboratory Operations
Assembly
Cleaning and Drying Laboratory Equipment
Literature, Notebooks and Reports
1.2. Safety Rules in the Organic Synthesis Laboratory
Precautions and First Aid in Case of Accidents
Work with Poisons and Caustics
Work with Highly Flammable Substances and Explosives
Rules of Handling Glassware
First Aid in Case of Burns, Poisonings and Other Accidents
Local Fires and Burning Laboratory Equipment
Chapter 2 — PRINCIPAL LABORATORY OPERATIONS
2.1. Heating
2.2. Cooling
2.3. Measuring and Controlling the Temperature
2.4. Grinding and Stirring
2.5. Dissolution and Properties of Some Organic Solvents
Ethyl Alcohol
Methyl Alcohol
Ether
Petroleum Ether
Acetone
2.6. Drying and Principal Drying Agents
Drying Gases
Drying Organic Liquids
Drying Solids
Principal Drying Agents
2.7. Filtration
Filtration at Atmospheric Pressure
Suction Filtration
Chapter 3 — METHODS OF PURIFYING ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
3.1. Crystallisation
Solvent Selection
Recrystallisation Procedure
Formation of Crystals
3.2. Sublimation
3.3. Extraction
3.4. Distillation
Simple Distillation at Atmospheric Pressure
Steam Distillation
Vacuum Distillation (at Reduced Pressure)
Fractional Distillation
Rectification
3.5. Chromatography
Adsorption Chromatography (Column Chromatography)
Partition Chromatography
Paper Chromatography
Ion Exchange Chromatography
Chapter 4 — DETERMINATION OF THE PRINCIPAL CONSTANTS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
4.1. Melting Point
4.2. Boiling Point
4.3. Specific Gravity
4.4. Refractive Index
4.5. Molecular Weight
Chapter 5 — WORK WITH COMPRESSED AND LIQUEFIED GASES
5.1. Gas Cylinders and How to Use Them
5.2. Dosing Gases
5.3. Purification of Gases and Their Introduction into an Apparatus
5.4. Safety Rules in Handling Gas Cylinders
Chapter 6 — QUANTITATIVE ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
6.1. Semimicrodetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
6.2. Semimicrodetermination of Nitrogen (According to Dumas)
Assembly
Analysis
6.3. Microdetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
Part II — SYNTHESES OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
Chapter 7 — HALOGENATION REACTIONS
7.1. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Alcohols by a Halogen
7.2. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Acids by a Halogen
7.3. Halogen Addition to a Multiple Bond
7.4. Direct Replacement of Hydrogen by a Halogen
7.5. Syntheses
Ethyl Bromide
Acetylene and Ethyl Bromide
Ethyl Iodide
Butyl Bromide
Acetyl Chloride
Benzoyl Chloride
1,2-Dibromoethane
Bromobenzene
α-Bromonaphthalene
p-Bromoanisole
Chapter 8 — ALKYLATION REACTIONS
8.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds by Alcohols in the Presence of Sulphuric Acid
8.2. Preparation of Ethers
8.3. Syntheses
sec-Butylbenzene
Dibutyl Ether
Isoamyl Ether
Diphenyl Ether
Phenetole
β-Naphthyl Ethyl Ether (Nerolin, Bromelia)
Anisole
Chapter 9 — ACYLATION REACTIONS
9.1. Acylation of Alcohols and Amines by Carboxylic Acids
9.2. Acylation of Alcohols, Phenols and Amines by Acyl Chlorides
9.3. Acylation of Amines by Acid Anhydrides
9.4. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetate
Isoamyl Acetate
Ethyl Chloroacetate
Diethyl Oxalate (Oxalic Ester)
Ethyl Benzoate
Benzanilide
Aspirin (Acetylsalicylic Acid)
β-Naphthyl Acetate
Acetanilide
Chapter 10 — FRIEDEL-CRAFTS REACTIONS
10.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.2. Acylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.3. Syntheses
Isopropylbenzene
Diphenylmethane
Acetophenone
Benzophenone
Chapter 11 — OXIDATION REACTIONS
11.1. Oxidation at the Double Bond
11.2. Oxidation of Primary and Secondary Alcohols to Aldehydes or Ketones
11.3. Oxidation of Aldehydes and Ketones to Acids
11.4. Oxidation of Methyl and Methylene Groups
11.5. Preparation of Quinones by Oxidation
11.6. Syntheses
Acetaldehyde
Propionaldehyde
Isovaleraldehyde
Benzophenone
Isobutyric Acid
Valeric Acid
Benzoic Acid
Benzoquinone
Anthraquinone
Chapter 12 — NITRATION REACTIONS
12.1. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Fatty Series
12.2. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Aromatic Series
12.3. Syntheses
Nitromethane
Nitrobenzene
o-,p-Nitrotoluene
o-,p-Nitrophenol
α-Nitronaphthalene
Chapter 13 — AMINATION REACTIONS
13.1. Preparation of Amines of the Fatty Series
13.2. Preparation of Amines of the Aromatic Series
13.3. Syntheses
Methylamine
Aniline
o-,p-Toluidine
α-Naphthylamine
Preparation of α-Naphthylamine Hydrochloride
Chapter 14 — SULPHONATION REACTIONS
14.1. Sulphonation of Aromatic Compounds
14.2. Syntheses
β-Naphthalenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
Benzenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
p-Toluenesulphonic Acid
Sulphanilic Acid
Chapter 15 — DIAZOTIZATION AND AZO COUPLING REACTIONS
15.1. Diazonium Salt Reactions with Loss of Nitrogen
15.2. Diazonium Salt Reactions without Loss of Nitrogen
15.3. Syntheses
Phenol
Iodobenzene
Helianthin
β-Naphthol Orange
Chapter 16 — GRIGNARD REACTIONS
16.1. Preparation of Hydrocarbons
Quantitative Determination of Active Hydrogen by the Chugaev-Tserevitinov Method
16.2. Preparation of Carboxylic Acids
16.3. Preparation of Alcohols
16.4. Syntheses
Phenylacetic Acid
Triphenylcarbinol
Diphenylcarbinol (Benzhydrol)
Chapter 17 — CANNIZZARO REACTIONS
17.1. Synthesis of Benzoic Acid and Benzyl Alcohol
Chapter 18 — CLAISEN REACTIONS
18.1. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetoacetate
Benzoylacetone
Chapter 19 — POLYMERIZATION AND POLYCONDENSATION REACTIONS
19.1. Polymerization
19.2. Polycondensation (Condensation Polymerization)
19.3. Syntheses
Paraldehyde
Polystyrene
Polymethyl Methacrylate
Copolymer of Styrene with Methyl Methacrylate
Methyl Methacrylate (from Methyl Methacrylate)
Glyptal Resin
Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin
Chapter 20 — IDENTIFICATION
20.1. Preliminary Tests
20.2. Qualitative Reactions
20.3. Preparation of Derivatives
RECOMMENDED LITERATURE
SUPPLEMENTS
Drying Agents for Organic Compounds
Steam Pressure at Different Temperatures
Pressure of Liquefied Gases in Cylinders
Colour Code of Compressed Gas Cylinders
Density of Sulphuric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Hydrochloric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Nitric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Sodium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Density of Potassium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Physical Properties of Alcohols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Phenols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Aldehydes and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Ketones and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Primary and Secondary Amines and Their Derivatives (Acetamides)
Physical Properties of Acid Halides and Their Derivatives (Anilides)
#chemicalExperiments #chemicalLaboratory #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature #textbook

#chemicalexperiments #chemicallaboratory #organicchemistry #sovietliterature #textbook
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-05 · 01:38 UTC

Laboratory Manual Of Organic Synthesis by M. N. Khramkina

This book explains the modern theoretical concepts of organic chemistry to the extent needed for carrying out synthesis. A more detailed exposition of theoretical aspects, especially those involving the reaction mechanisms, is given in textbooks of organic chemistry.
This textbook presents a large number of syntheses. The greatest attention is devoted to laboratory operations which are of practical and methodological importance. If need be, a laboratory operation in a given subject can be replaced by a similar one in the students’ future speciality. In addition, when there is a large number of syntheses, the instructor can select those needed for review problems to see how well the students have learned their material.
Certain guides to organic synthesis were used when the textbook was being written.
This edition of the textbook has new material on the mechanism of individual reactions and a chapter on the identification of organic compounds.
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface
Part I — METHODS USED IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
Chapter 1 — WORK AND SAFETY RULES
1.1. Principal Laboratory Operations
Assembly
Cleaning and Drying Laboratory Equipment
Literature, Notebooks and Reports
1.2. Safety Rules in the Organic Synthesis Laboratory
Precautions and First Aid in Case of Accidents
Work with Poisons and Caustics
Work with Highly Flammable Substances and Explosives
Rules of Handling Glassware
First Aid in Case of Burns, Poisonings and Other Accidents
Local Fires and Burning Laboratory Equipment
Chapter 2 — PRINCIPAL LABORATORY OPERATIONS
2.1. Heating
2.2. Cooling
2.3. Measuring and Controlling the Temperature
2.4. Grinding and Stirring
2.5. Dissolution and Properties of Some Organic Solvents
Ethyl Alcohol
Methyl Alcohol
Ether
Petroleum Ether
Acetone
2.6. Drying and Principal Drying Agents
Drying Gases
Drying Organic Liquids
Drying Solids
Principal Drying Agents
2.7. Filtration
Filtration at Atmospheric Pressure
Suction Filtration
Chapter 3 — METHODS OF PURIFYING ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
3.1. Crystallisation
Solvent Selection
Recrystallisation Procedure
Formation of Crystals
3.2. Sublimation
3.3. Extraction
3.4. Distillation
Simple Distillation at Atmospheric Pressure
Steam Distillation
Vacuum Distillation (at Reduced Pressure)
Fractional Distillation
Rectification
3.5. Chromatography
Adsorption Chromatography (Column Chromatography)
Partition Chromatography
Paper Chromatography
Ion Exchange Chromatography
Chapter 4 — DETERMINATION OF THE PRINCIPAL CONSTANTS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
4.1. Melting Point
4.2. Boiling Point
4.3. Specific Gravity
4.4. Refractive Index
4.5. Molecular Weight
Chapter 5 — WORK WITH COMPRESSED AND LIQUEFIED GASES
5.1. Gas Cylinders and How to Use Them
5.2. Dosing Gases
5.3. Purification of Gases and Their Introduction into an Apparatus
5.4. Safety Rules in Handling Gas Cylinders
Chapter 6 — QUANTITATIVE ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
6.1. Semimicrodetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
6.2. Semimicrodetermination of Nitrogen (According to Dumas)
Assembly
Analysis
6.3. Microdetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
Part II — SYNTHESES OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
Chapter 7 — HALOGENATION REACTIONS
7.1. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Alcohols by a Halogen
7.2. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Acids by a Halogen
7.3. Halogen Addition to a Multiple Bond
7.4. Direct Replacement of Hydrogen by a Halogen
7.5. Syntheses
Ethyl Bromide
Acetylene and Ethyl Bromide
Ethyl Iodide
Butyl Bromide
Acetyl Chloride
Benzoyl Chloride
1,2-Dibromoethane
Bromobenzene
α-Bromonaphthalene
p-Bromoanisole
Chapter 8 — ALKYLATION REACTIONS
8.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds by Alcohols in the Presence of Sulphuric Acid
8.2. Preparation of Ethers
8.3. Syntheses
sec-Butylbenzene
Dibutyl Ether
Isoamyl Ether
Diphenyl Ether
Phenetole
β-Naphthyl Ethyl Ether (Nerolin, Bromelia)
Anisole
Chapter 9 — ACYLATION REACTIONS
9.1. Acylation of Alcohols and Amines by Carboxylic Acids
9.2. Acylation of Alcohols, Phenols and Amines by Acyl Chlorides
9.3. Acylation of Amines by Acid Anhydrides
9.4. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetate
Isoamyl Acetate
Ethyl Chloroacetate
Diethyl Oxalate (Oxalic Ester)
Ethyl Benzoate
Benzanilide
Aspirin (Acetylsalicylic Acid)
β-Naphthyl Acetate
Acetanilide
Chapter 10 — FRIEDEL-CRAFTS REACTIONS
10.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.2. Acylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.3. Syntheses
Isopropylbenzene
Diphenylmethane
Acetophenone
Benzophenone
Chapter 11 — OXIDATION REACTIONS
11.1. Oxidation at the Double Bond
11.2. Oxidation of Primary and Secondary Alcohols to Aldehydes or Ketones
11.3. Oxidation of Aldehydes and Ketones to Acids
11.4. Oxidation of Methyl and Methylene Groups
11.5. Preparation of Quinones by Oxidation
11.6. Syntheses
Acetaldehyde
Propionaldehyde
Isovaleraldehyde
Benzophenone
Isobutyric Acid
Valeric Acid
Benzoic Acid
Benzoquinone
Anthraquinone
Chapter 12 — NITRATION REACTIONS
12.1. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Fatty Series
12.2. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Aromatic Series
12.3. Syntheses
Nitromethane
Nitrobenzene
o-,p-Nitrotoluene
o-,p-Nitrophenol
α-Nitronaphthalene
Chapter 13 — AMINATION REACTIONS
13.1. Preparation of Amines of the Fatty Series
13.2. Preparation of Amines of the Aromatic Series
13.3. Syntheses
Methylamine
Aniline
o-,p-Toluidine
α-Naphthylamine
Preparation of α-Naphthylamine Hydrochloride
Chapter 14 — SULPHONATION REACTIONS
14.1. Sulphonation of Aromatic Compounds
14.2. Syntheses
β-Naphthalenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
Benzenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
p-Toluenesulphonic Acid
Sulphanilic Acid
Chapter 15 — DIAZOTIZATION AND AZO COUPLING REACTIONS
15.1. Diazonium Salt Reactions with Loss of Nitrogen
15.2. Diazonium Salt Reactions without Loss of Nitrogen
15.3. Syntheses
Phenol
Iodobenzene
Helianthin
β-Naphthol Orange
Chapter 16 — GRIGNARD REACTIONS
16.1. Preparation of Hydrocarbons
Quantitative Determination of Active Hydrogen by the Chugaev-Tserevitinov Method
16.2. Preparation of Carboxylic Acids
16.3. Preparation of Alcohols
16.4. Syntheses
Phenylacetic Acid
Triphenylcarbinol
Diphenylcarbinol (Benzhydrol)
Chapter 17 — CANNIZZARO REACTIONS
17.1. Synthesis of Benzoic Acid and Benzyl Alcohol
Chapter 18 — CLAISEN REACTIONS
18.1. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetoacetate
Benzoylacetone
Chapter 19 — POLYMERIZATION AND POLYCONDENSATION REACTIONS
19.1. Polymerization
19.2. Polycondensation (Condensation Polymerization)
19.3. Syntheses
Paraldehyde
Polystyrene
Polymethyl Methacrylate
Copolymer of Styrene with Methyl Methacrylate
Methyl Methacrylate (from Methyl Methacrylate)
Glyptal Resin
Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin
Chapter 20 — IDENTIFICATION
20.1. Preliminary Tests
20.2. Qualitative Reactions
20.3. Preparation of Derivatives
RECOMMENDED LITERATURE
SUPPLEMENTS
Drying Agents for Organic Compounds
Steam Pressure at Different Temperatures
Pressure of Liquefied Gases in Cylinders
Colour Code of Compressed Gas Cylinders
Density of Sulphuric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Hydrochloric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Nitric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Sodium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Density of Potassium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Physical Properties of Alcohols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Phenols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Aldehydes and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Ketones and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Primary and Secondary Amines and Their Derivatives (Acetamides)
Physical Properties of Acid Halides and Their Derivatives (Anilides)
#chemicalExperiments #chemicalLaboratory #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature #textbook

#textbook #sovietliterature #organicchemistry #chemicallaboratory #chemicalexperiments
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-05 · 01:38 UTC

Laboratory Manual Of Organic Synthesis by M. N. Khramkina

This book explains the modern theoretical concepts of organic chemistry to the extent needed for carrying out synthesis. A more detailed exposition of theoretical aspects, especially those involving the reaction mechanisms, is given in textbooks of organic chemistry.
This textbook presents a large number of syntheses. The greatest attention is devoted to laboratory operations which are of practical and methodological importance. If need be, a laboratory operation in a given subject can be replaced by a similar one in the students’ future speciality. In addition, when there is a large number of syntheses, the instructor can select those needed for review problems to see how well the students have learned their material.
Certain guides to organic synthesis were used when the textbook was being written.
This edition of the textbook has new material on the mechanism of individual reactions and a chapter on the identification of organic compounds.
Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Bobrov
Credits to the original uploaders, this is a cleaned optimised scan.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface
Part I — METHODS USED IN ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
Chapter 1 — WORK AND SAFETY RULES
1.1. Principal Laboratory Operations
Assembly
Cleaning and Drying Laboratory Equipment
Literature, Notebooks and Reports
1.2. Safety Rules in the Organic Synthesis Laboratory
Precautions and First Aid in Case of Accidents
Work with Poisons and Caustics
Work with Highly Flammable Substances and Explosives
Rules of Handling Glassware
First Aid in Case of Burns, Poisonings and Other Accidents
Local Fires and Burning Laboratory Equipment
Chapter 2 — PRINCIPAL LABORATORY OPERATIONS
2.1. Heating
2.2. Cooling
2.3. Measuring and Controlling the Temperature
2.4. Grinding and Stirring
2.5. Dissolution and Properties of Some Organic Solvents
Ethyl Alcohol
Methyl Alcohol
Ether
Petroleum Ether
Acetone
2.6. Drying and Principal Drying Agents
Drying Gases
Drying Organic Liquids
Drying Solids
Principal Drying Agents
2.7. Filtration
Filtration at Atmospheric Pressure
Suction Filtration
Chapter 3 — METHODS OF PURIFYING ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
3.1. Crystallisation
Solvent Selection
Recrystallisation Procedure
Formation of Crystals
3.2. Sublimation
3.3. Extraction
3.4. Distillation
Simple Distillation at Atmospheric Pressure
Steam Distillation
Vacuum Distillation (at Reduced Pressure)
Fractional Distillation
Rectification
3.5. Chromatography
Adsorption Chromatography (Column Chromatography)
Partition Chromatography
Paper Chromatography
Ion Exchange Chromatography
Chapter 4 — DETERMINATION OF THE PRINCIPAL CONSTANTS OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
4.1. Melting Point
4.2. Boiling Point
4.3. Specific Gravity
4.4. Refractive Index
4.5. Molecular Weight
Chapter 5 — WORK WITH COMPRESSED AND LIQUEFIED GASES
5.1. Gas Cylinders and How to Use Them
5.2. Dosing Gases
5.3. Purification of Gases and Their Introduction into an Apparatus
5.4. Safety Rules in Handling Gas Cylinders
Chapter 6 — QUANTITATIVE ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
6.1. Semimicrodetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
6.2. Semimicrodetermination of Nitrogen (According to Dumas)
Assembly
Analysis
6.3. Microdetermination of Carbon and Hydrogen
Assembly
Analysis
Part II — SYNTHESES OF ORGANIC SUBSTANCES
Chapter 7 — HALOGENATION REACTIONS
7.1. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Alcohols by a Halogen
7.2. Replacement of the Hydroxyl Group of Acids by a Halogen
7.3. Halogen Addition to a Multiple Bond
7.4. Direct Replacement of Hydrogen by a Halogen
7.5. Syntheses
Ethyl Bromide
Acetylene and Ethyl Bromide
Ethyl Iodide
Butyl Bromide
Acetyl Chloride
Benzoyl Chloride
1,2-Dibromoethane
Bromobenzene
α-Bromonaphthalene
p-Bromoanisole
Chapter 8 — ALKYLATION REACTIONS
8.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds by Alcohols in the Presence of Sulphuric Acid
8.2. Preparation of Ethers
8.3. Syntheses
sec-Butylbenzene
Dibutyl Ether
Isoamyl Ether
Diphenyl Ether
Phenetole
β-Naphthyl Ethyl Ether (Nerolin, Bromelia)
Anisole
Chapter 9 — ACYLATION REACTIONS
9.1. Acylation of Alcohols and Amines by Carboxylic Acids
9.2. Acylation of Alcohols, Phenols and Amines by Acyl Chlorides
9.3. Acylation of Amines by Acid Anhydrides
9.4. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetate
Isoamyl Acetate
Ethyl Chloroacetate
Diethyl Oxalate (Oxalic Ester)
Ethyl Benzoate
Benzanilide
Aspirin (Acetylsalicylic Acid)
β-Naphthyl Acetate
Acetanilide
Chapter 10 — FRIEDEL-CRAFTS REACTIONS
10.1. Alkylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.2. Acylation of Aromatic Compounds
10.3. Syntheses
Isopropylbenzene
Diphenylmethane
Acetophenone
Benzophenone
Chapter 11 — OXIDATION REACTIONS
11.1. Oxidation at the Double Bond
11.2. Oxidation of Primary and Secondary Alcohols to Aldehydes or Ketones
11.3. Oxidation of Aldehydes and Ketones to Acids
11.4. Oxidation of Methyl and Methylene Groups
11.5. Preparation of Quinones by Oxidation
11.6. Syntheses
Acetaldehyde
Propionaldehyde
Isovaleraldehyde
Benzophenone
Isobutyric Acid
Valeric Acid
Benzoic Acid
Benzoquinone
Anthraquinone
Chapter 12 — NITRATION REACTIONS
12.1. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Fatty Series
12.2. Nitration of Hydrocarbons of the Aromatic Series
12.3. Syntheses
Nitromethane
Nitrobenzene
o-,p-Nitrotoluene
o-,p-Nitrophenol
α-Nitronaphthalene
Chapter 13 — AMINATION REACTIONS
13.1. Preparation of Amines of the Fatty Series
13.2. Preparation of Amines of the Aromatic Series
13.3. Syntheses
Methylamine
Aniline
o-,p-Toluidine
α-Naphthylamine
Preparation of α-Naphthylamine Hydrochloride
Chapter 14 — SULPHONATION REACTIONS
14.1. Sulphonation of Aromatic Compounds
14.2. Syntheses
β-Naphthalenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
Benzenesulphonic Acid (Sodium Salt)
p-Toluenesulphonic Acid
Sulphanilic Acid
Chapter 15 — DIAZOTIZATION AND AZO COUPLING REACTIONS
15.1. Diazonium Salt Reactions with Loss of Nitrogen
15.2. Diazonium Salt Reactions without Loss of Nitrogen
15.3. Syntheses
Phenol
Iodobenzene
Helianthin
β-Naphthol Orange
Chapter 16 — GRIGNARD REACTIONS
16.1. Preparation of Hydrocarbons
Quantitative Determination of Active Hydrogen by the Chugaev-Tserevitinov Method
16.2. Preparation of Carboxylic Acids
16.3. Preparation of Alcohols
16.4. Syntheses
Phenylacetic Acid
Triphenylcarbinol
Diphenylcarbinol (Benzhydrol)
Chapter 17 — CANNIZZARO REACTIONS
17.1. Synthesis of Benzoic Acid and Benzyl Alcohol
Chapter 18 — CLAISEN REACTIONS
18.1. Syntheses
Ethyl Acetoacetate
Benzoylacetone
Chapter 19 — POLYMERIZATION AND POLYCONDENSATION REACTIONS
19.1. Polymerization
19.2. Polycondensation (Condensation Polymerization)
19.3. Syntheses
Paraldehyde
Polystyrene
Polymethyl Methacrylate
Copolymer of Styrene with Methyl Methacrylate
Methyl Methacrylate (from Methyl Methacrylate)
Glyptal Resin
Phenol-Formaldehyde Resin
Chapter 20 — IDENTIFICATION
20.1. Preliminary Tests
20.2. Qualitative Reactions
20.3. Preparation of Derivatives
RECOMMENDED LITERATURE
SUPPLEMENTS
Drying Agents for Organic Compounds
Steam Pressure at Different Temperatures
Pressure of Liquefied Gases in Cylinders
Colour Code of Compressed Gas Cylinders
Density of Sulphuric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Hydrochloric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Nitric Acid Solutions (20°C)
Density of Sodium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Density of Potassium Hydroxide Solutions (20°C)
Physical Properties of Alcohols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Phenols and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Aldehydes and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Ketones and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives
Physical Properties of Primary and Secondary Amines and Their Derivatives (Acetamides)
Physical Properties of Acid Halides and Their Derivatives (Anilides)
#chemicalExperiments #chemicalLaboratory #OrganicChemistry #sovietLiterature #textbook

#chemicalexperiments #chemicallaboratory #organicchemistry #sovietliterature #textbook
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-03 · 01:42 UTC

Semiconductor Physics by P.S. Kireev

This textbook originates from lectures delivered by the author to students of the Semiconductor Materials and Devices Faculty at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys. It assumes prior knowledge of subjects like Crystallography and Quantum Mechanics, allowing the material to focus exclusively on semiconductor physics without revisiting crystal lattice structures or atomic bonding. Leveraging students’ understanding of quantum mechanics, the textbook employs rigorous methods to address topics such as energy band structures and charge carrier transitions, including their interactions with lattice defects, phonons, and photons. Detailed intermediate calculations and experimental data further enhance comprehension.
While the material is presented at a high level, it remains accessible, supported by clear derivations and illustrations. Group theory methods are introduced to simplify problem-solving but are confined to an appendix, as this subject is typically not part of technical college curricula. The book deliberately avoids covering the operation of specific semiconductor devices, treating Semiconductor Physics as a distinct discipline with a focus on fundamental principles.
Translated from the Russian by Mark Samokhvalov
All credits to the original uploaders, this is an optimised pdf.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface 9
Chapter I. Introduction. Electron Theory of Conductivity 11
Electron Theory of Conductivity. Ohm’s Law 11
Mean-Free Time and Free-Path Distribution Functions 16
Electron Distribution Function. Mean Values of Physical Quantities 20
Semiconductors. The Classification of Materials According to Their Conductivity 31
Semiconductor Conductivity Models. The Concept of a Hole 35
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Conductivities 39
Chapter II. The Fundamentals of the Band Theory of Semiconductors 42
7. The Schrödinger Equation for the Crystal 42
8. The Adiabatic Approximation 45
9. Single Electron Approximation 50
10. Periodic Field of the Crystal Lattice. Translational Operator 54
11. Quasimomentum 59
12. The Effective Mass of the Electron 64
13. Relation Between Velocity and Quasimomentum 70
14. Acceleration Operator 73
15. Brillouin Zones 80
16. Normalising Inside a Potential Box and the Discrete Nature of Quasimomentum 85
17. Theory of the Quasifree Electron 90
18. Theory of the Quasibound Electron 105
19. Effective Mass Method. Influence of External Fields on Energy Spectrum of a Crystal 119
20. Localised States 125
21. Elementary Theory of Impurity States 130
22. Surface States 138
23. Quantisation of Electron Energy in a Magnetic Field. Landau Levels 141
24. Pauli Principle. Concept of Metal, Semiconductor, and Dielectric 146
25. Main Features of the Hole 153
26. Band Structure of Some Semiconductors. Calculation Methods 158
27. Quasiparticle Concept 175
Chapter III. Electron and Hole Statistics in Semiconductors 180
28. Density of States 180
29. Electron and Hole Concentrations 189
30. Electric Neutrality Equation 197
31. Intrinsic Semiconductor 200
32. Extrinsic Semiconductor. Impurity of One Type 205
33. Semiconductor Doped with Both Acceptor and Donor Impurities 215
34. Degenerate Semiconductor 221
35. Density of States in a Magnetic Field 225
Chapter IV. Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors 234
36. Boltzmann’s Kinetic Equation 234
37. Relaxation Time 241
38. Electric Current Density and Energy Flux Density 249
39. Kinetic Coefficients 253
40. Conductivity of Semiconductors 261
41. Galvanomagnetic Effects 270
42. Hall Effect in Extrinsic Conductivity Range 280
43. Hall Effect in a Substance with Several Types of Charge Carriers 288
44. Magnetic Field Dependence of Hall Coefficient 294
45. Magnetoresistive Effect 302
46. Heat Conductivity of Semiconductors 311
47. Thermoelectric Phenomena 318
48. Thermomagnetic Phenomena 334
49. General Analysis of Kinetic Phenomena 338
50. On Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors with Tensor Effective Masses 348
51. Tensorsensitive Effect. Tensorsensitivity 352
52. Piezoresistive Effect. Piezoresistance Coefficients 359
Chapter V. The Theory of Charge Carrier Scattering 369
53. Effective Scattering Cross Section 369
54. Relationship Between Relaxation Time and Effective Cross Section 378
55. Elements of Quantum Transition Theory 383
56. Impurity Ion Scattering 390
57. Scattering by Neutral Impurity Atoms 398
58. Lattice Vibrations. Normal Coordinates, Phonons 401
59. Acoustical and Optical Lattice Vibrations 409
60. Lattice Specific Heat. Phonon Statistics 422
61. Scattering by Thermal Lattice Vibrations. Method of Deformation Potential 432
62. Temperature Dependence of Charge Carrier Mobility 441
63. Dependence of Relaxation Time on External Fields. Deviations from Ohm’s Law 452
Chapter VI. Charge Carrier Recombination 461
64. Continuity Equation. Lifetime 461
65. Recombination Mechanism. Linear Recombination 472
66. Diffusion and Drift of Nonequilibrium Charge Carriers 484
67. Surface Recombination 492
Chapter VII. Contact Phenomena in Semiconductors 497
68. Debye Length 497
69. Work Function 510
70. Contact Potential Difference. Metal-Metal Contact 515
71. Metal-Semiconductor Contact 519
72. Inhomogeneous Semiconductor, p-n Junction 525
Chapter VIII. Optical and Photoelectrical Phenomena in Semiconductors 532
73. Light-Absorption Spectrum 532
74. Light Absorption by Free Charge Carriers 536
75. Cyclotron Resonance 546
76. Intrinsic Light Absorption 555
77. Absorption of Light by the Lattice 573
78. Light Absorption by Electrons in Localised States 579
79. Influence of the Ambient on Absorption Spectrum 586
80. Photoresistive Effect 590
81. Dember Effect. Photovoltaic Effect 599
82. Photomagnetoelectric Effect 608
83. Faraday Effect 613
84. Spin-Orbital Splitting of Energy Bands 623
Appendix. Introduction to the Theory of Groups 633
Space Transformations 633
Group of Symmetry Transformations. Properties of Group Elements 639
Relation Between Groups 643
Representation of Groups 646
The Properties of Irreducible Representations 649
The Basis of a Representation 652
Direct Product of Representations 655
Point Groups 659
Translational Groups. Brillouin Zones 665
The Wave Vector Group 671
Schrödinger Equation 680
Twin Groups. Time Inversion 684
Recommended Literature 694

#physics #quantumMechanics #semiconductors #sovietLiterature

#physics #quantummechanics #semiconductors #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-03 · 01:42 UTC

Semiconductor Physics by P.S. Kireev

This textbook originates from lectures delivered by the author to students of the Semiconductor Materials and Devices Faculty at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys. It assumes prior knowledge of subjects like Crystallography and Quantum Mechanics, allowing the material to focus exclusively on semiconductor physics without revisiting crystal lattice structures or atomic bonding. Leveraging students’ understanding of quantum mechanics, the textbook employs rigorous methods to address topics such as energy band structures and charge carrier transitions, including their interactions with lattice defects, phonons, and photons. Detailed intermediate calculations and experimental data further enhance comprehension.
While the material is presented at a high level, it remains accessible, supported by clear derivations and illustrations. Group theory methods are introduced to simplify problem-solving but are confined to an appendix, as this subject is typically not part of technical college curricula. The book deliberately avoids covering the operation of specific semiconductor devices, treating Semiconductor Physics as a distinct discipline with a focus on fundamental principles.
Translated from the Russian by Mark Samokhvalov
All credits to the original uploaders, this is an optimised pdf.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface 9
Chapter I. Introduction. Electron Theory of Conductivity 11
Electron Theory of Conductivity. Ohm’s Law 11
Mean-Free Time and Free-Path Distribution Functions 16
Electron Distribution Function. Mean Values of Physical Quantities 20
Semiconductors. The Classification of Materials According to Their Conductivity 31
Semiconductor Conductivity Models. The Concept of a Hole 35
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Conductivities 39
Chapter II. The Fundamentals of the Band Theory of Semiconductors 42
7. The Schrödinger Equation for the Crystal 42
8. The Adiabatic Approximation 45
9. Single Electron Approximation 50
10. Periodic Field of the Crystal Lattice. Translational Operator 54
11. Quasimomentum 59
12. The Effective Mass of the Electron 64
13. Relation Between Velocity and Quasimomentum 70
14. Acceleration Operator 73
15. Brillouin Zones 80
16. Normalising Inside a Potential Box and the Discrete Nature of Quasimomentum 85
17. Theory of the Quasifree Electron 90
18. Theory of the Quasibound Electron 105
19. Effective Mass Method. Influence of External Fields on Energy Spectrum of a Crystal 119
20. Localised States 125
21. Elementary Theory of Impurity States 130
22. Surface States 138
23. Quantisation of Electron Energy in a Magnetic Field. Landau Levels 141
24. Pauli Principle. Concept of Metal, Semiconductor, and Dielectric 146
25. Main Features of the Hole 153
26. Band Structure of Some Semiconductors. Calculation Methods 158
27. Quasiparticle Concept 175
Chapter III. Electron and Hole Statistics in Semiconductors 180
28. Density of States 180
29. Electron and Hole Concentrations 189
30. Electric Neutrality Equation 197
31. Intrinsic Semiconductor 200
32. Extrinsic Semiconductor. Impurity of One Type 205
33. Semiconductor Doped with Both Acceptor and Donor Impurities 215
34. Degenerate Semiconductor 221
35. Density of States in a Magnetic Field 225
Chapter IV. Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors 234
36. Boltzmann’s Kinetic Equation 234
37. Relaxation Time 241
38. Electric Current Density and Energy Flux Density 249
39. Kinetic Coefficients 253
40. Conductivity of Semiconductors 261
41. Galvanomagnetic Effects 270
42. Hall Effect in Extrinsic Conductivity Range 280
43. Hall Effect in a Substance with Several Types of Charge Carriers 288
44. Magnetic Field Dependence of Hall Coefficient 294
45. Magnetoresistive Effect 302
46. Heat Conductivity of Semiconductors 311
47. Thermoelectric Phenomena 318
48. Thermomagnetic Phenomena 334
49. General Analysis of Kinetic Phenomena 338
50. On Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors with Tensor Effective Masses 348
51. Tensorsensitive Effect. Tensorsensitivity 352
52. Piezoresistive Effect. Piezoresistance Coefficients 359
Chapter V. The Theory of Charge Carrier Scattering 369
53. Effective Scattering Cross Section 369
54. Relationship Between Relaxation Time and Effective Cross Section 378
55. Elements of Quantum Transition Theory 383
56. Impurity Ion Scattering 390
57. Scattering by Neutral Impurity Atoms 398
58. Lattice Vibrations. Normal Coordinates, Phonons 401
59. Acoustical and Optical Lattice Vibrations 409
60. Lattice Specific Heat. Phonon Statistics 422
61. Scattering by Thermal Lattice Vibrations. Method of Deformation Potential 432
62. Temperature Dependence of Charge Carrier Mobility 441
63. Dependence of Relaxation Time on External Fields. Deviations from Ohm’s Law 452
Chapter VI. Charge Carrier Recombination 461
64. Continuity Equation. Lifetime 461
65. Recombination Mechanism. Linear Recombination 472
66. Diffusion and Drift of Nonequilibrium Charge Carriers 484
67. Surface Recombination 492
Chapter VII. Contact Phenomena in Semiconductors 497
68. Debye Length 497
69. Work Function 510
70. Contact Potential Difference. Metal-Metal Contact 515
71. Metal-Semiconductor Contact 519
72. Inhomogeneous Semiconductor, p-n Junction 525
Chapter VIII. Optical and Photoelectrical Phenomena in Semiconductors 532
73. Light-Absorption Spectrum 532
74. Light Absorption by Free Charge Carriers 536
75. Cyclotron Resonance 546
76. Intrinsic Light Absorption 555
77. Absorption of Light by the Lattice 573
78. Light Absorption by Electrons in Localised States 579
79. Influence of the Ambient on Absorption Spectrum 586
80. Photoresistive Effect 590
81. Dember Effect. Photovoltaic Effect 599
82. Photomagnetoelectric Effect 608
83. Faraday Effect 613
84. Spin-Orbital Splitting of Energy Bands 623
Appendix. Introduction to the Theory of Groups 633
Space Transformations 633
Group of Symmetry Transformations. Properties of Group Elements 639
Relation Between Groups 643
Representation of Groups 646
The Properties of Irreducible Representations 649
The Basis of a Representation 652
Direct Product of Representations 655
Point Groups 659
Translational Groups. Brillouin Zones 665
The Wave Vector Group 671
Schrödinger Equation 680
Twin Groups. Time Inversion 684
Recommended Literature 694

#physics #quantumMechanics #semiconductors #sovietLiterature

#physics #quantummechanics #semiconductors #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-03 · 01:42 UTC

Semiconductor Physics by P.S. Kireev

This textbook originates from lectures delivered by the author to students of the Semiconductor Materials and Devices Faculty at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys. It assumes prior knowledge of subjects like Crystallography and Quantum Mechanics, allowing the material to focus exclusively on semiconductor physics without revisiting crystal lattice structures or atomic bonding. Leveraging students’ understanding of quantum mechanics, the textbook employs rigorous methods to address topics such as energy band structures and charge carrier transitions, including their interactions with lattice defects, phonons, and photons. Detailed intermediate calculations and experimental data further enhance comprehension.
While the material is presented at a high level, it remains accessible, supported by clear derivations and illustrations. Group theory methods are introduced to simplify problem-solving but are confined to an appendix, as this subject is typically not part of technical college curricula. The book deliberately avoids covering the operation of specific semiconductor devices, treating Semiconductor Physics as a distinct discipline with a focus on fundamental principles.
Translated from the Russian by Mark Samokhvalov
All credits to the original uploaders, this is an optimised pdf.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface 9
Chapter I. Introduction. Electron Theory of Conductivity 11
Electron Theory of Conductivity. Ohm’s Law 11
Mean-Free Time and Free-Path Distribution Functions 16
Electron Distribution Function. Mean Values of Physical Quantities 20
Semiconductors. The Classification of Materials According to Their Conductivity 31
Semiconductor Conductivity Models. The Concept of a Hole 35
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Conductivities 39
Chapter II. The Fundamentals of the Band Theory of Semiconductors 42
7. The Schrödinger Equation for the Crystal 42
8. The Adiabatic Approximation 45
9. Single Electron Approximation 50
10. Periodic Field of the Crystal Lattice. Translational Operator 54
11. Quasimomentum 59
12. The Effective Mass of the Electron 64
13. Relation Between Velocity and Quasimomentum 70
14. Acceleration Operator 73
15. Brillouin Zones 80
16. Normalising Inside a Potential Box and the Discrete Nature of Quasimomentum 85
17. Theory of the Quasifree Electron 90
18. Theory of the Quasibound Electron 105
19. Effective Mass Method. Influence of External Fields on Energy Spectrum of a Crystal 119
20. Localised States 125
21. Elementary Theory of Impurity States 130
22. Surface States 138
23. Quantisation of Electron Energy in a Magnetic Field. Landau Levels 141
24. Pauli Principle. Concept of Metal, Semiconductor, and Dielectric 146
25. Main Features of the Hole 153
26. Band Structure of Some Semiconductors. Calculation Methods 158
27. Quasiparticle Concept 175
Chapter III. Electron and Hole Statistics in Semiconductors 180
28. Density of States 180
29. Electron and Hole Concentrations 189
30. Electric Neutrality Equation 197
31. Intrinsic Semiconductor 200
32. Extrinsic Semiconductor. Impurity of One Type 205
33. Semiconductor Doped with Both Acceptor and Donor Impurities 215
34. Degenerate Semiconductor 221
35. Density of States in a Magnetic Field 225
Chapter IV. Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors 234
36. Boltzmann’s Kinetic Equation 234
37. Relaxation Time 241
38. Electric Current Density and Energy Flux Density 249
39. Kinetic Coefficients 253
40. Conductivity of Semiconductors 261
41. Galvanomagnetic Effects 270
42. Hall Effect in Extrinsic Conductivity Range 280
43. Hall Effect in a Substance with Several Types of Charge Carriers 288
44. Magnetic Field Dependence of Hall Coefficient 294
45. Magnetoresistive Effect 302
46. Heat Conductivity of Semiconductors 311
47. Thermoelectric Phenomena 318
48. Thermomagnetic Phenomena 334
49. General Analysis of Kinetic Phenomena 338
50. On Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors with Tensor Effective Masses 348
51. Tensorsensitive Effect. Tensorsensitivity 352
52. Piezoresistive Effect. Piezoresistance Coefficients 359
Chapter V. The Theory of Charge Carrier Scattering 369
53. Effective Scattering Cross Section 369
54. Relationship Between Relaxation Time and Effective Cross Section 378
55. Elements of Quantum Transition Theory 383
56. Impurity Ion Scattering 390
57. Scattering by Neutral Impurity Atoms 398
58. Lattice Vibrations. Normal Coordinates, Phonons 401
59. Acoustical and Optical Lattice Vibrations 409
60. Lattice Specific Heat. Phonon Statistics 422
61. Scattering by Thermal Lattice Vibrations. Method of Deformation Potential 432
62. Temperature Dependence of Charge Carrier Mobility 441
63. Dependence of Relaxation Time on External Fields. Deviations from Ohm’s Law 452
Chapter VI. Charge Carrier Recombination 461
64. Continuity Equation. Lifetime 461
65. Recombination Mechanism. Linear Recombination 472
66. Diffusion and Drift of Nonequilibrium Charge Carriers 484
67. Surface Recombination 492
Chapter VII. Contact Phenomena in Semiconductors 497
68. Debye Length 497
69. Work Function 510
70. Contact Potential Difference. Metal-Metal Contact 515
71. Metal-Semiconductor Contact 519
72. Inhomogeneous Semiconductor, p-n Junction 525
Chapter VIII. Optical and Photoelectrical Phenomena in Semiconductors 532
73. Light-Absorption Spectrum 532
74. Light Absorption by Free Charge Carriers 536
75. Cyclotron Resonance 546
76. Intrinsic Light Absorption 555
77. Absorption of Light by the Lattice 573
78. Light Absorption by Electrons in Localised States 579
79. Influence of the Ambient on Absorption Spectrum 586
80. Photoresistive Effect 590
81. Dember Effect. Photovoltaic Effect 599
82. Photomagnetoelectric Effect 608
83. Faraday Effect 613
84. Spin-Orbital Splitting of Energy Bands 623
Appendix. Introduction to the Theory of Groups 633
Space Transformations 633
Group of Symmetry Transformations. Properties of Group Elements 639
Relation Between Groups 643
Representation of Groups 646
The Properties of Irreducible Representations 649
The Basis of a Representation 652
Direct Product of Representations 655
Point Groups 659
Translational Groups. Brillouin Zones 665
The Wave Vector Group 671
Schrödinger Equation 680
Twin Groups. Time Inversion 684
Recommended Literature 694

#physics #quantumMechanics #semiconductors #sovietLiterature

#physics #quantummechanics #semiconductors #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-03 · 01:42 UTC

Semiconductor Physics by P.S. Kireev

This textbook originates from lectures delivered by the author to students of the Semiconductor Materials and Devices Faculty at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys. It assumes prior knowledge of subjects like Crystallography and Quantum Mechanics, allowing the material to focus exclusively on semiconductor physics without revisiting crystal lattice structures or atomic bonding. Leveraging students’ understanding of quantum mechanics, the textbook employs rigorous methods to address topics such as energy band structures and charge carrier transitions, including their interactions with lattice defects, phonons, and photons. Detailed intermediate calculations and experimental data further enhance comprehension.
While the material is presented at a high level, it remains accessible, supported by clear derivations and illustrations. Group theory methods are introduced to simplify problem-solving but are confined to an appendix, as this subject is typically not part of technical college curricula. The book deliberately avoids covering the operation of specific semiconductor devices, treating Semiconductor Physics as a distinct discipline with a focus on fundamental principles.
Translated from the Russian by Mark Samokhvalov
All credits to the original uploaders, this is an optimised pdf.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface 9
Chapter I. Introduction. Electron Theory of Conductivity 11
Electron Theory of Conductivity. Ohm’s Law 11
Mean-Free Time and Free-Path Distribution Functions 16
Electron Distribution Function. Mean Values of Physical Quantities 20
Semiconductors. The Classification of Materials According to Their Conductivity 31
Semiconductor Conductivity Models. The Concept of a Hole 35
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Conductivities 39
Chapter II. The Fundamentals of the Band Theory of Semiconductors 42
7. The Schrödinger Equation for the Crystal 42
8. The Adiabatic Approximation 45
9. Single Electron Approximation 50
10. Periodic Field of the Crystal Lattice. Translational Operator 54
11. Quasimomentum 59
12. The Effective Mass of the Electron 64
13. Relation Between Velocity and Quasimomentum 70
14. Acceleration Operator 73
15. Brillouin Zones 80
16. Normalising Inside a Potential Box and the Discrete Nature of Quasimomentum 85
17. Theory of the Quasifree Electron 90
18. Theory of the Quasibound Electron 105
19. Effective Mass Method. Influence of External Fields on Energy Spectrum of a Crystal 119
20. Localised States 125
21. Elementary Theory of Impurity States 130
22. Surface States 138
23. Quantisation of Electron Energy in a Magnetic Field. Landau Levels 141
24. Pauli Principle. Concept of Metal, Semiconductor, and Dielectric 146
25. Main Features of the Hole 153
26. Band Structure of Some Semiconductors. Calculation Methods 158
27. Quasiparticle Concept 175
Chapter III. Electron and Hole Statistics in Semiconductors 180
28. Density of States 180
29. Electron and Hole Concentrations 189
30. Electric Neutrality Equation 197
31. Intrinsic Semiconductor 200
32. Extrinsic Semiconductor. Impurity of One Type 205
33. Semiconductor Doped with Both Acceptor and Donor Impurities 215
34. Degenerate Semiconductor 221
35. Density of States in a Magnetic Field 225
Chapter IV. Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors 234
36. Boltzmann’s Kinetic Equation 234
37. Relaxation Time 241
38. Electric Current Density and Energy Flux Density 249
39. Kinetic Coefficients 253
40. Conductivity of Semiconductors 261
41. Galvanomagnetic Effects 270
42. Hall Effect in Extrinsic Conductivity Range 280
43. Hall Effect in a Substance with Several Types of Charge Carriers 288
44. Magnetic Field Dependence of Hall Coefficient 294
45. Magnetoresistive Effect 302
46. Heat Conductivity of Semiconductors 311
47. Thermoelectric Phenomena 318
48. Thermomagnetic Phenomena 334
49. General Analysis of Kinetic Phenomena 338
50. On Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors with Tensor Effective Masses 348
51. Tensorsensitive Effect. Tensorsensitivity 352
52. Piezoresistive Effect. Piezoresistance Coefficients 359
Chapter V. The Theory of Charge Carrier Scattering 369
53. Effective Scattering Cross Section 369
54. Relationship Between Relaxation Time and Effective Cross Section 378
55. Elements of Quantum Transition Theory 383
56. Impurity Ion Scattering 390
57. Scattering by Neutral Impurity Atoms 398
58. Lattice Vibrations. Normal Coordinates, Phonons 401
59. Acoustical and Optical Lattice Vibrations 409
60. Lattice Specific Heat. Phonon Statistics 422
61. Scattering by Thermal Lattice Vibrations. Method of Deformation Potential 432
62. Temperature Dependence of Charge Carrier Mobility 441
63. Dependence of Relaxation Time on External Fields. Deviations from Ohm’s Law 452
Chapter VI. Charge Carrier Recombination 461
64. Continuity Equation. Lifetime 461
65. Recombination Mechanism. Linear Recombination 472
66. Diffusion and Drift of Nonequilibrium Charge Carriers 484
67. Surface Recombination 492
Chapter VII. Contact Phenomena in Semiconductors 497
68. Debye Length 497
69. Work Function 510
70. Contact Potential Difference. Metal-Metal Contact 515
71. Metal-Semiconductor Contact 519
72. Inhomogeneous Semiconductor, p-n Junction 525
Chapter VIII. Optical and Photoelectrical Phenomena in Semiconductors 532
73. Light-Absorption Spectrum 532
74. Light Absorption by Free Charge Carriers 536
75. Cyclotron Resonance 546
76. Intrinsic Light Absorption 555
77. Absorption of Light by the Lattice 573
78. Light Absorption by Electrons in Localised States 579
79. Influence of the Ambient on Absorption Spectrum 586
80. Photoresistive Effect 590
81. Dember Effect. Photovoltaic Effect 599
82. Photomagnetoelectric Effect 608
83. Faraday Effect 613
84. Spin-Orbital Splitting of Energy Bands 623
Appendix. Introduction to the Theory of Groups 633
Space Transformations 633
Group of Symmetry Transformations. Properties of Group Elements 639
Relation Between Groups 643
Representation of Groups 646
The Properties of Irreducible Representations 649
The Basis of a Representation 652
Direct Product of Representations 655
Point Groups 659
Translational Groups. Brillouin Zones 665
The Wave Vector Group 671
Schrödinger Equation 680
Twin Groups. Time Inversion 684
Recommended Literature 694

#physics #quantumMechanics #semiconductors #sovietLiterature

#sovietliterature #semiconductors #quantummechanics #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-09-03 · 01:42 UTC

Semiconductor Physics by P.S. Kireev

This textbook originates from lectures delivered by the author to students of the Semiconductor Materials and Devices Faculty at the Moscow Institute of Steel and Alloys. It assumes prior knowledge of subjects like Crystallography and Quantum Mechanics, allowing the material to focus exclusively on semiconductor physics without revisiting crystal lattice structures or atomic bonding. Leveraging students’ understanding of quantum mechanics, the textbook employs rigorous methods to address topics such as energy band structures and charge carrier transitions, including their interactions with lattice defects, phonons, and photons. Detailed intermediate calculations and experimental data further enhance comprehension.
While the material is presented at a high level, it remains accessible, supported by clear derivations and illustrations. Group theory methods are introduced to simplify problem-solving but are confined to an appendix, as this subject is typically not part of technical college curricula. The book deliberately avoids covering the operation of specific semiconductor devices, treating Semiconductor Physics as a distinct discipline with a focus on fundamental principles.
Translated from the Russian by Mark Samokhvalov
All credits to the original uploaders, this is an optimised pdf.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

CONTENTS
Preface 9
Chapter I. Introduction. Electron Theory of Conductivity 11
Electron Theory of Conductivity. Ohm’s Law 11
Mean-Free Time and Free-Path Distribution Functions 16
Electron Distribution Function. Mean Values of Physical Quantities 20
Semiconductors. The Classification of Materials According to Their Conductivity 31
Semiconductor Conductivity Models. The Concept of a Hole 35
Intrinsic and Extrinsic Conductivities 39
Chapter II. The Fundamentals of the Band Theory of Semiconductors 42
7. The Schrödinger Equation for the Crystal 42
8. The Adiabatic Approximation 45
9. Single Electron Approximation 50
10. Periodic Field of the Crystal Lattice. Translational Operator 54
11. Quasimomentum 59
12. The Effective Mass of the Electron 64
13. Relation Between Velocity and Quasimomentum 70
14. Acceleration Operator 73
15. Brillouin Zones 80
16. Normalising Inside a Potential Box and the Discrete Nature of Quasimomentum 85
17. Theory of the Quasifree Electron 90
18. Theory of the Quasibound Electron 105
19. Effective Mass Method. Influence of External Fields on Energy Spectrum of a Crystal 119
20. Localised States 125
21. Elementary Theory of Impurity States 130
22. Surface States 138
23. Quantisation of Electron Energy in a Magnetic Field. Landau Levels 141
24. Pauli Principle. Concept of Metal, Semiconductor, and Dielectric 146
25. Main Features of the Hole 153
26. Band Structure of Some Semiconductors. Calculation Methods 158
27. Quasiparticle Concept 175
Chapter III. Electron and Hole Statistics in Semiconductors 180
28. Density of States 180
29. Electron and Hole Concentrations 189
30. Electric Neutrality Equation 197
31. Intrinsic Semiconductor 200
32. Extrinsic Semiconductor. Impurity of One Type 205
33. Semiconductor Doped with Both Acceptor and Donor Impurities 215
34. Degenerate Semiconductor 221
35. Density of States in a Magnetic Field 225
Chapter IV. Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors 234
36. Boltzmann’s Kinetic Equation 234
37. Relaxation Time 241
38. Electric Current Density and Energy Flux Density 249
39. Kinetic Coefficients 253
40. Conductivity of Semiconductors 261
41. Galvanomagnetic Effects 270
42. Hall Effect in Extrinsic Conductivity Range 280
43. Hall Effect in a Substance with Several Types of Charge Carriers 288
44. Magnetic Field Dependence of Hall Coefficient 294
45. Magnetoresistive Effect 302
46. Heat Conductivity of Semiconductors 311
47. Thermoelectric Phenomena 318
48. Thermomagnetic Phenomena 334
49. General Analysis of Kinetic Phenomena 338
50. On Kinetic Phenomena in Semiconductors with Tensor Effective Masses 348
51. Tensorsensitive Effect. Tensorsensitivity 352
52. Piezoresistive Effect. Piezoresistance Coefficients 359
Chapter V. The Theory of Charge Carrier Scattering 369
53. Effective Scattering Cross Section 369
54. Relationship Between Relaxation Time and Effective Cross Section 378
55. Elements of Quantum Transition Theory 383
56. Impurity Ion Scattering 390
57. Scattering by Neutral Impurity Atoms 398
58. Lattice Vibrations. Normal Coordinates, Phonons 401
59. Acoustical and Optical Lattice Vibrations 409
60. Lattice Specific Heat. Phonon Statistics 422
61. Scattering by Thermal Lattice Vibrations. Method of Deformation Potential 432
62. Temperature Dependence of Charge Carrier Mobility 441
63. Dependence of Relaxation Time on External Fields. Deviations from Ohm’s Law 452
Chapter VI. Charge Carrier Recombination 461
64. Continuity Equation. Lifetime 461
65. Recombination Mechanism. Linear Recombination 472
66. Diffusion and Drift of Nonequilibrium Charge Carriers 484
67. Surface Recombination 492
Chapter VII. Contact Phenomena in Semiconductors 497
68. Debye Length 497
69. Work Function 510
70. Contact Potential Difference. Metal-Metal Contact 515
71. Metal-Semiconductor Contact 519
72. Inhomogeneous Semiconductor, p-n Junction 525
Chapter VIII. Optical and Photoelectrical Phenomena in Semiconductors 532
73. Light-Absorption Spectrum 532
74. Light Absorption by Free Charge Carriers 536
75. Cyclotron Resonance 546
76. Intrinsic Light Absorption 555
77. Absorption of Light by the Lattice 573
78. Light Absorption by Electrons in Localised States 579
79. Influence of the Ambient on Absorption Spectrum 586
80. Photoresistive Effect 590
81. Dember Effect. Photovoltaic Effect 599
82. Photomagnetoelectric Effect 608
83. Faraday Effect 613
84. Spin-Orbital Splitting of Energy Bands 623
Appendix. Introduction to the Theory of Groups 633
Space Transformations 633
Group of Symmetry Transformations. Properties of Group Elements 639
Relation Between Groups 643
Representation of Groups 646
The Properties of Irreducible Representations 649
The Basis of a Representation 652
Direct Product of Representations 655
Point Groups 659
Translational Groups. Brillouin Zones 665
The Wave Vector Group 671
Schrödinger Equation 680
Twin Groups. Time Inversion 684
Recommended Literature 694

#physics #quantumMechanics #semiconductors #sovietLiterature

#physics #quantummechanics #semiconductors #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-30 · 02:21 UTC

Stability And Oscillation Of Elastic Systems Modern Concepts, Paradoxes And Errors by Ya. G. Panovko; I. I. Gubanova

This book discusses contemporary problems such as “jumps” in elastic systems, problems of aeroelasticity, problems of frictional self-oscillations, and self-synchronization, providing only the elementary data on these topics.
The first part examines the stability of equilibrium shapes in elastic systems. It addresses stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes, the disappearance of stable equilibrium forms, and the absence of any equilibrium states. The error made by Euler in analysing stability loss is highlighted, and Mises’ truss is used as an example of stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes.
The second part focuses on problems related to oscillations of linear systems, including systems with a fractional number of degrees of freedom, as well as the free oscillations of a cantilever in the field of centrifugal forces. Four methods for solving the problem of the action of periodic instantaneous impulses are presented. The Tacoma catastrophe is analysed as an example of aeroelastic oscillations.
Finally, the book explores problems of nonlinear system oscillations, including the vibration maintenance of rotation, the Sommerfeld effect, and self-oscillations of a quasi-system with dry friction.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Table of Contents
Foreword
Foreword to the First Edition …………………………………………….. v
Foreword to the Second Edition ……………………………………………. vi
Part 1: The Stability of Equilibrium Shapes of Elastic Systems
Introduction ………………………………………………………………….. 1
Chapter I: The Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§1. Euler’s Error ……………………………………………………………………. 5
§2. The Effect of Subcritical Compression of a Bar on the Critical Value of the Compressive Force …. 11
§3. One Version of the Application of the Energy Method ………………………. 17
§4. Loads Whose Values Depend on the Displacements ………………………….. 22
Chapter II: Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Non-Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§5. The Mises’ Truss ………………………………………………………………… 43
§6. The Stability of a Fluted Strip ………………………………………………….. 51
§7. More Examples of Systems with Jumps; Discussion of the Results …………. 58
Chapter III: Stability Loss Upon the Disappearance of Stable Equilibrium Shapes
§8. Tracking Loads: Static Statement of the Problem …………………………. 70
§9. Tracking Loads: Dynamic Statement of the Problem …………………….. 80
§10. Tracking Loads: A System with Two Degrees of Freedom ………………… 87
§11. The History of the Problem …………………………………………………… 91
Chapter IV: Stability Losses When Any Forms of Equilibrium Disappear
§12. General Stability of High Buildings ………………………………………… 97
§13. Characteristics of “Deformation Calculations” …………………………….. 104
§14. Two Discussions (Solutions of R. Lorenz and V. E. Vlasov) ……………….. 113
§15. Stability Losses of a Rod Under Tension …………………………………. 125
§16. Critical Internal Pressure for a Spherical Shell ……………………………. 136
§17. Rotation of a Flexible Shaft in a Rigid Tube-Shell ………………………… 140
Chapter V: Buckling of Not Fully Elastic Rods
§18. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Classical Concept ……………………………….. 153
§19. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Present-Day Concept ……………………………. 160
§20. Buckling of a Rod in a Statically Indeterminate System …………………. 167
§21. Stability Loss in the Case of Material Creep ……………………………….. 175
Part 2: Oscillations of Elastic Systems
Introduction …………………………………………………………………… 184
Chapter VI: Certain Problems of Oscillations of Linear Systems
§22. System with a Fractional Number of Degrees of Freedom ………………. 187
§23. Free Oscillations of a Cantilever in the Field of Centrifugal Forces ………. 192
§24. Equal-Frequency Shock Absorber ……………………………………………. 197
§25. Comments on the Formulas of Rayleigh and Grammel ……………………… 201
§26. Lagrange Errors ………………………………………………………………. 214
§27. Formula of A. N. Krylov ………………………………………………………. 224
§28. Four Methods of Solving the Problem of the Action of Periodic Instantaneous Impulses …….. 233
§29. Superpositions: Variations of Using It in Problems of Forced Oscillations … 244
§30. The “Inverse” Form of Differential Equations of Oscillations ……………. 252
§31. Terminology Information: Impedance, Receptance, Admittance, Response, Anti-Resonance …. 259
§32. Parametric Excitation of Oscillations ……………………………………… 269
§33. Destabilizing Action of the Forces of Viscous Friction …………………….. 285
§34. Linear Realisations of Dry Friction Forces …………………………………. 292
§35. Paradox Connected with Damping Coverings ……………………………… 302
§36. Damping of Pipeline Oscillations by Coriolis Forces ………………………. 309
Chapter VII: Dynamic Action of a Moving Load
§37. Brief Historical Sketch ……………………………………………………… 314
§38. Bresse Error ……………………………………………………………………… 322
§39. A Travelling Bending Wave …………………………………………………….. 327
§40. Action of an Infinite Strip of a Moving Load ………………………………. 332
Chapter VIII: Aeroelastic Oscillations
§41. Dynamic Problems of Aeroelasticity Theory ……………………………….. 338
§42. “Classical” Flutter ………………………………………………………………. 341
§43. Tacoma Catastrophe: Separation Flutter …………………………………… 351
Chapter IX: Problems of Nonlinear System Oscillations
§44. Vibration Maintenance of Rotation …………………………………………. 358
§45. Dynamics of the Boisse-Sarda Regulator …………………………………… 365
§46. Sommerfeld Effect ………………………………………………………………… 372
§47. Self-Oscillations: Method of Slowly Changing Amplitudes ……………….. 383
§48. Self-Oscillations of a Quasi-System with Dry Friction …………………… 393
§49. Discontinuous Self-Oscillations in the Case of Dry Friction ……………. 400
§50. Delta Method ……………………………………………………………………… 406
#dynamics #elasticSystems #errors #oscillatingSystems #oscillations #physics #sovietLiterature #stability

#dynamics #elasticsystems #errors #oscillatingsystems #oscillations #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-30 · 02:21 UTC

Stability And Oscillation Of Elastic Systems Modern Concepts, Paradoxes And Errors by Ya. G. Panovko; I. I. Gubanova

This book discusses contemporary problems such as “jumps” in elastic systems, problems of aeroelasticity, problems of frictional self-oscillations, and self-synchronization, providing only the elementary data on these topics.
The first part examines the stability of equilibrium shapes in elastic systems. It addresses stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes, the disappearance of stable equilibrium forms, and the absence of any equilibrium states. The error made by Euler in analysing stability loss is highlighted, and Mises’ truss is used as an example of stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes.
The second part focuses on problems related to oscillations of linear systems, including systems with a fractional number of degrees of freedom, as well as the free oscillations of a cantilever in the field of centrifugal forces. Four methods for solving the problem of the action of periodic instantaneous impulses are presented. The Tacoma catastrophe is analysed as an example of aeroelastic oscillations.
Finally, the book explores problems of nonlinear system oscillations, including the vibration maintenance of rotation, the Sommerfeld effect, and self-oscillations of a quasi-system with dry friction.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Table of Contents
Foreword
Foreword to the First Edition …………………………………………….. v
Foreword to the Second Edition ……………………………………………. vi
Part 1: The Stability of Equilibrium Shapes of Elastic Systems
Introduction ………………………………………………………………….. 1
Chapter I: The Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§1. Euler’s Error ……………………………………………………………………. 5
§2. The Effect of Subcritical Compression of a Bar on the Critical Value of the Compressive Force …. 11
§3. One Version of the Application of the Energy Method ………………………. 17
§4. Loads Whose Values Depend on the Displacements ………………………….. 22
Chapter II: Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Non-Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§5. The Mises’ Truss ………………………………………………………………… 43
§6. The Stability of a Fluted Strip ………………………………………………….. 51
§7. More Examples of Systems with Jumps; Discussion of the Results …………. 58
Chapter III: Stability Loss Upon the Disappearance of Stable Equilibrium Shapes
§8. Tracking Loads: Static Statement of the Problem …………………………. 70
§9. Tracking Loads: Dynamic Statement of the Problem …………………….. 80
§10. Tracking Loads: A System with Two Degrees of Freedom ………………… 87
§11. The History of the Problem …………………………………………………… 91
Chapter IV: Stability Losses When Any Forms of Equilibrium Disappear
§12. General Stability of High Buildings ………………………………………… 97
§13. Characteristics of “Deformation Calculations” …………………………….. 104
§14. Two Discussions (Solutions of R. Lorenz and V. E. Vlasov) ……………….. 113
§15. Stability Losses of a Rod Under Tension …………………………………. 125
§16. Critical Internal Pressure for a Spherical Shell ……………………………. 136
§17. Rotation of a Flexible Shaft in a Rigid Tube-Shell ………………………… 140
Chapter V: Buckling of Not Fully Elastic Rods
§18. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Classical Concept ……………………………….. 153
§19. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Present-Day Concept ……………………………. 160
§20. Buckling of a Rod in a Statically Indeterminate System …………………. 167
§21. Stability Loss in the Case of Material Creep ……………………………….. 175
Part 2: Oscillations of Elastic Systems
Introduction …………………………………………………………………… 184
Chapter VI: Certain Problems of Oscillations of Linear Systems
§22. System with a Fractional Number of Degrees of Freedom ………………. 187
§23. Free Oscillations of a Cantilever in the Field of Centrifugal Forces ………. 192
§24. Equal-Frequency Shock Absorber ……………………………………………. 197
§25. Comments on the Formulas of Rayleigh and Grammel ……………………… 201
§26. Lagrange Errors ………………………………………………………………. 214
§27. Formula of A. N. Krylov ………………………………………………………. 224
§28. Four Methods of Solving the Problem of the Action of Periodic Instantaneous Impulses …….. 233
§29. Superpositions: Variations of Using It in Problems of Forced Oscillations … 244
§30. The “Inverse” Form of Differential Equations of Oscillations ……………. 252
§31. Terminology Information: Impedance, Receptance, Admittance, Response, Anti-Resonance …. 259
§32. Parametric Excitation of Oscillations ……………………………………… 269
§33. Destabilizing Action of the Forces of Viscous Friction …………………….. 285
§34. Linear Realisations of Dry Friction Forces …………………………………. 292
§35. Paradox Connected with Damping Coverings ……………………………… 302
§36. Damping of Pipeline Oscillations by Coriolis Forces ………………………. 309
Chapter VII: Dynamic Action of a Moving Load
§37. Brief Historical Sketch ……………………………………………………… 314
§38. Bresse Error ……………………………………………………………………… 322
§39. A Travelling Bending Wave …………………………………………………….. 327
§40. Action of an Infinite Strip of a Moving Load ………………………………. 332
Chapter VIII: Aeroelastic Oscillations
§41. Dynamic Problems of Aeroelasticity Theory ……………………………….. 338
§42. “Classical” Flutter ………………………………………………………………. 341
§43. Tacoma Catastrophe: Separation Flutter …………………………………… 351
Chapter IX: Problems of Nonlinear System Oscillations
§44. Vibration Maintenance of Rotation …………………………………………. 358
§45. Dynamics of the Boisse-Sarda Regulator …………………………………… 365
§46. Sommerfeld Effect ………………………………………………………………… 372
§47. Self-Oscillations: Method of Slowly Changing Amplitudes ……………….. 383
§48. Self-Oscillations of a Quasi-System with Dry Friction …………………… 393
§49. Discontinuous Self-Oscillations in the Case of Dry Friction ……………. 400
§50. Delta Method ……………………………………………………………………… 406
#dynamics #elasticSystems #errors #oscillatingSystems #oscillations #physics #sovietLiterature #stability

#dynamics #elasticsystems #errors #oscillatingsystems #oscillations #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-30 · 02:21 UTC

Stability And Oscillation Of Elastic Systems Modern Concepts, Paradoxes And Errors by Ya. G. Panovko; I. I. Gubanova

This book discusses contemporary problems such as “jumps” in elastic systems, problems of aeroelasticity, problems of frictional self-oscillations, and self-synchronization, providing only the elementary data on these topics.
The first part examines the stability of equilibrium shapes in elastic systems. It addresses stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes, the disappearance of stable equilibrium forms, and the absence of any equilibrium states. The error made by Euler in analysing stability loss is highlighted, and Mises’ truss is used as an example of stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes.
The second part focuses on problems related to oscillations of linear systems, including systems with a fractional number of degrees of freedom, as well as the free oscillations of a cantilever in the field of centrifugal forces. Four methods for solving the problem of the action of periodic instantaneous impulses are presented. The Tacoma catastrophe is analysed as an example of aeroelastic oscillations.
Finally, the book explores problems of nonlinear system oscillations, including the vibration maintenance of rotation, the Sommerfeld effect, and self-oscillations of a quasi-system with dry friction.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Table of Contents
Foreword
Foreword to the First Edition …………………………………………….. v
Foreword to the Second Edition ……………………………………………. vi
Part 1: The Stability of Equilibrium Shapes of Elastic Systems
Introduction ………………………………………………………………….. 1
Chapter I: The Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§1. Euler’s Error ……………………………………………………………………. 5
§2. The Effect of Subcritical Compression of a Bar on the Critical Value of the Compressive Force …. 11
§3. One Version of the Application of the Energy Method ………………………. 17
§4. Loads Whose Values Depend on the Displacements ………………………….. 22
Chapter II: Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Non-Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§5. The Mises’ Truss ………………………………………………………………… 43
§6. The Stability of a Fluted Strip ………………………………………………….. 51
§7. More Examples of Systems with Jumps; Discussion of the Results …………. 58
Chapter III: Stability Loss Upon the Disappearance of Stable Equilibrium Shapes
§8. Tracking Loads: Static Statement of the Problem …………………………. 70
§9. Tracking Loads: Dynamic Statement of the Problem …………………….. 80
§10. Tracking Loads: A System with Two Degrees of Freedom ………………… 87
§11. The History of the Problem …………………………………………………… 91
Chapter IV: Stability Losses When Any Forms of Equilibrium Disappear
§12. General Stability of High Buildings ………………………………………… 97
§13. Characteristics of “Deformation Calculations” …………………………….. 104
§14. Two Discussions (Solutions of R. Lorenz and V. E. Vlasov) ……………….. 113
§15. Stability Losses of a Rod Under Tension …………………………………. 125
§16. Critical Internal Pressure for a Spherical Shell ……………………………. 136
§17. Rotation of a Flexible Shaft in a Rigid Tube-Shell ………………………… 140
Chapter V: Buckling of Not Fully Elastic Rods
§18. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Classical Concept ……………………………….. 153
§19. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Present-Day Concept ……………………………. 160
§20. Buckling of a Rod in a Statically Indeterminate System …………………. 167
§21. Stability Loss in the Case of Material Creep ……………………………….. 175
Part 2: Oscillations of Elastic Systems
Introduction …………………………………………………………………… 184
Chapter VI: Certain Problems of Oscillations of Linear Systems
§22. System with a Fractional Number of Degrees of Freedom ………………. 187
§23. Free Oscillations of a Cantilever in the Field of Centrifugal Forces ………. 192
§24. Equal-Frequency Shock Absorber ……………………………………………. 197
§25. Comments on the Formulas of Rayleigh and Grammel ……………………… 201
§26. Lagrange Errors ………………………………………………………………. 214
§27. Formula of A. N. Krylov ………………………………………………………. 224
§28. Four Methods of Solving the Problem of the Action of Periodic Instantaneous Impulses …….. 233
§29. Superpositions: Variations of Using It in Problems of Forced Oscillations … 244
§30. The “Inverse” Form of Differential Equations of Oscillations ……………. 252
§31. Terminology Information: Impedance, Receptance, Admittance, Response, Anti-Resonance …. 259
§32. Parametric Excitation of Oscillations ……………………………………… 269
§33. Destabilizing Action of the Forces of Viscous Friction …………………….. 285
§34. Linear Realisations of Dry Friction Forces …………………………………. 292
§35. Paradox Connected with Damping Coverings ……………………………… 302
§36. Damping of Pipeline Oscillations by Coriolis Forces ………………………. 309
Chapter VII: Dynamic Action of a Moving Load
§37. Brief Historical Sketch ……………………………………………………… 314
§38. Bresse Error ……………………………………………………………………… 322
§39. A Travelling Bending Wave …………………………………………………….. 327
§40. Action of an Infinite Strip of a Moving Load ………………………………. 332
Chapter VIII: Aeroelastic Oscillations
§41. Dynamic Problems of Aeroelasticity Theory ……………………………….. 338
§42. “Classical” Flutter ………………………………………………………………. 341
§43. Tacoma Catastrophe: Separation Flutter …………………………………… 351
Chapter IX: Problems of Nonlinear System Oscillations
§44. Vibration Maintenance of Rotation …………………………………………. 358
§45. Dynamics of the Boisse-Sarda Regulator …………………………………… 365
§46. Sommerfeld Effect ………………………………………………………………… 372
§47. Self-Oscillations: Method of Slowly Changing Amplitudes ……………….. 383
§48. Self-Oscillations of a Quasi-System with Dry Friction …………………… 393
§49. Discontinuous Self-Oscillations in the Case of Dry Friction ……………. 400
§50. Delta Method ……………………………………………………………………… 406
#dynamics #elasticSystems #errors #oscillatingSystems #oscillations #physics #sovietLiterature #stability

#dynamics #elasticsystems #errors #oscillatingsystems #oscillations #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-30 · 02:21 UTC

Stability And Oscillation Of Elastic Systems Modern Concepts, Paradoxes And Errors by Ya. G. Panovko; I. I. Gubanova

This book discusses contemporary problems such as “jumps” in elastic systems, problems of aeroelasticity, problems of frictional self-oscillations, and self-synchronization, providing only the elementary data on these topics.
The first part examines the stability of equilibrium shapes in elastic systems. It addresses stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes, the disappearance of stable equilibrium forms, and the absence of any equilibrium states. The error made by Euler in analysing stability loss is highlighted, and Mises’ truss is used as an example of stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes.
The second part focuses on problems related to oscillations of linear systems, including systems with a fractional number of degrees of freedom, as well as the free oscillations of a cantilever in the field of centrifugal forces. Four methods for solving the problem of the action of periodic instantaneous impulses are presented. The Tacoma catastrophe is analysed as an example of aeroelastic oscillations.
Finally, the book explores problems of nonlinear system oscillations, including the vibration maintenance of rotation, the Sommerfeld effect, and self-oscillations of a quasi-system with dry friction.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Table of Contents
Foreword
Foreword to the First Edition …………………………………………….. v
Foreword to the Second Edition ……………………………………………. vi
Part 1: The Stability of Equilibrium Shapes of Elastic Systems
Introduction ………………………………………………………………….. 1
Chapter I: The Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§1. Euler’s Error ……………………………………………………………………. 5
§2. The Effect of Subcritical Compression of a Bar on the Critical Value of the Compressive Force …. 11
§3. One Version of the Application of the Energy Method ………………………. 17
§4. Loads Whose Values Depend on the Displacements ………………………….. 22
Chapter II: Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Non-Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§5. The Mises’ Truss ………………………………………………………………… 43
§6. The Stability of a Fluted Strip ………………………………………………….. 51
§7. More Examples of Systems with Jumps; Discussion of the Results …………. 58
Chapter III: Stability Loss Upon the Disappearance of Stable Equilibrium Shapes
§8. Tracking Loads: Static Statement of the Problem …………………………. 70
§9. Tracking Loads: Dynamic Statement of the Problem …………………….. 80
§10. Tracking Loads: A System with Two Degrees of Freedom ………………… 87
§11. The History of the Problem …………………………………………………… 91
Chapter IV: Stability Losses When Any Forms of Equilibrium Disappear
§12. General Stability of High Buildings ………………………………………… 97
§13. Characteristics of “Deformation Calculations” …………………………….. 104
§14. Two Discussions (Solutions of R. Lorenz and V. E. Vlasov) ……………….. 113
§15. Stability Losses of a Rod Under Tension …………………………………. 125
§16. Critical Internal Pressure for a Spherical Shell ……………………………. 136
§17. Rotation of a Flexible Shaft in a Rigid Tube-Shell ………………………… 140
Chapter V: Buckling of Not Fully Elastic Rods
§18. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Classical Concept ……………………………….. 153
§19. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Present-Day Concept ……………………………. 160
§20. Buckling of a Rod in a Statically Indeterminate System …………………. 167
§21. Stability Loss in the Case of Material Creep ……………………………….. 175
Part 2: Oscillations of Elastic Systems
Introduction …………………………………………………………………… 184
Chapter VI: Certain Problems of Oscillations of Linear Systems
§22. System with a Fractional Number of Degrees of Freedom ………………. 187
§23. Free Oscillations of a Cantilever in the Field of Centrifugal Forces ………. 192
§24. Equal-Frequency Shock Absorber ……………………………………………. 197
§25. Comments on the Formulas of Rayleigh and Grammel ……………………… 201
§26. Lagrange Errors ………………………………………………………………. 214
§27. Formula of A. N. Krylov ………………………………………………………. 224
§28. Four Methods of Solving the Problem of the Action of Periodic Instantaneous Impulses …….. 233
§29. Superpositions: Variations of Using It in Problems of Forced Oscillations … 244
§30. The “Inverse” Form of Differential Equations of Oscillations ……………. 252
§31. Terminology Information: Impedance, Receptance, Admittance, Response, Anti-Resonance …. 259
§32. Parametric Excitation of Oscillations ……………………………………… 269
§33. Destabilizing Action of the Forces of Viscous Friction …………………….. 285
§34. Linear Realisations of Dry Friction Forces …………………………………. 292
§35. Paradox Connected with Damping Coverings ……………………………… 302
§36. Damping of Pipeline Oscillations by Coriolis Forces ………………………. 309
Chapter VII: Dynamic Action of a Moving Load
§37. Brief Historical Sketch ……………………………………………………… 314
§38. Bresse Error ……………………………………………………………………… 322
§39. A Travelling Bending Wave …………………………………………………….. 327
§40. Action of an Infinite Strip of a Moving Load ………………………………. 332
Chapter VIII: Aeroelastic Oscillations
§41. Dynamic Problems of Aeroelasticity Theory ……………………………….. 338
§42. “Classical” Flutter ………………………………………………………………. 341
§43. Tacoma Catastrophe: Separation Flutter …………………………………… 351
Chapter IX: Problems of Nonlinear System Oscillations
§44. Vibration Maintenance of Rotation …………………………………………. 358
§45. Dynamics of the Boisse-Sarda Regulator …………………………………… 365
§46. Sommerfeld Effect ………………………………………………………………… 372
§47. Self-Oscillations: Method of Slowly Changing Amplitudes ……………….. 383
§48. Self-Oscillations of a Quasi-System with Dry Friction …………………… 393
§49. Discontinuous Self-Oscillations in the Case of Dry Friction ……………. 400
§50. Delta Method ……………………………………………………………………… 406
#dynamics #elasticSystems #errors #oscillatingSystems #oscillations #physics #sovietLiterature #stability

#stability #sovietliterature #physics #oscillations #oscillatingsystems #errors
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-30 · 02:21 UTC

Stability And Oscillation Of Elastic Systems Modern Concepts, Paradoxes And Errors by Ya. G. Panovko; I. I. Gubanova

This book discusses contemporary problems such as “jumps” in elastic systems, problems of aeroelasticity, problems of frictional self-oscillations, and self-synchronization, providing only the elementary data on these topics.
The first part examines the stability of equilibrium shapes in elastic systems. It addresses stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes, the disappearance of stable equilibrium forms, and the absence of any equilibrium states. The error made by Euler in analysing stability loss is highlighted, and Mises’ truss is used as an example of stability loss in cases of similar equilibrium shapes.
The second part focuses on problems related to oscillations of linear systems, including systems with a fractional number of degrees of freedom, as well as the free oscillations of a cantilever in the field of centrifugal forces. Four methods for solving the problem of the action of periodic instantaneous impulses are presented. The Tacoma catastrophe is analysed as an example of aeroelastic oscillations.
Finally, the book explores problems of nonlinear system oscillations, including the vibration maintenance of rotation, the Sommerfeld effect, and self-oscillations of a quasi-system with dry friction.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Table of Contents
Foreword
Foreword to the First Edition …………………………………………….. v
Foreword to the Second Edition ……………………………………………. vi
Part 1: The Stability of Equilibrium Shapes of Elastic Systems
Introduction ………………………………………………………………….. 1
Chapter I: The Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§1. Euler’s Error ……………………………………………………………………. 5
§2. The Effect of Subcritical Compression of a Bar on the Critical Value of the Compressive Force …. 11
§3. One Version of the Application of the Energy Method ………………………. 17
§4. Loads Whose Values Depend on the Displacements ………………………….. 22
Chapter II: Loss of Stability Upon the Appearance of Non-Similar Equilibrium Shapes
§5. The Mises’ Truss ………………………………………………………………… 43
§6. The Stability of a Fluted Strip ………………………………………………….. 51
§7. More Examples of Systems with Jumps; Discussion of the Results …………. 58
Chapter III: Stability Loss Upon the Disappearance of Stable Equilibrium Shapes
§8. Tracking Loads: Static Statement of the Problem …………………………. 70
§9. Tracking Loads: Dynamic Statement of the Problem …………………….. 80
§10. Tracking Loads: A System with Two Degrees of Freedom ………………… 87
§11. The History of the Problem …………………………………………………… 91
Chapter IV: Stability Losses When Any Forms of Equilibrium Disappear
§12. General Stability of High Buildings ………………………………………… 97
§13. Characteristics of “Deformation Calculations” …………………………….. 104
§14. Two Discussions (Solutions of R. Lorenz and V. E. Vlasov) ……………….. 113
§15. Stability Losses of a Rod Under Tension …………………………………. 125
§16. Critical Internal Pressure for a Spherical Shell ……………………………. 136
§17. Rotation of a Flexible Shaft in a Rigid Tube-Shell ………………………… 140
Chapter V: Buckling of Not Fully Elastic Rods
§18. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Classical Concept ……………………………….. 153
§19. Elastic-Plastic Buckling: Present-Day Concept ……………………………. 160
§20. Buckling of a Rod in a Statically Indeterminate System …………………. 167
§21. Stability Loss in the Case of Material Creep ……………………………….. 175
Part 2: Oscillations of Elastic Systems
Introduction …………………………………………………………………… 184
Chapter VI: Certain Problems of Oscillations of Linear Systems
§22. System with a Fractional Number of Degrees of Freedom ………………. 187
§23. Free Oscillations of a Cantilever in the Field of Centrifugal Forces ………. 192
§24. Equal-Frequency Shock Absorber ……………………………………………. 197
§25. Comments on the Formulas of Rayleigh and Grammel ……………………… 201
§26. Lagrange Errors ………………………………………………………………. 214
§27. Formula of A. N. Krylov ………………………………………………………. 224
§28. Four Methods of Solving the Problem of the Action of Periodic Instantaneous Impulses …….. 233
§29. Superpositions: Variations of Using It in Problems of Forced Oscillations … 244
§30. The “Inverse” Form of Differential Equations of Oscillations ……………. 252
§31. Terminology Information: Impedance, Receptance, Admittance, Response, Anti-Resonance …. 259
§32. Parametric Excitation of Oscillations ……………………………………… 269
§33. Destabilizing Action of the Forces of Viscous Friction …………………….. 285
§34. Linear Realisations of Dry Friction Forces …………………………………. 292
§35. Paradox Connected with Damping Coverings ……………………………… 302
§36. Damping of Pipeline Oscillations by Coriolis Forces ………………………. 309
Chapter VII: Dynamic Action of a Moving Load
§37. Brief Historical Sketch ……………………………………………………… 314
§38. Bresse Error ……………………………………………………………………… 322
§39. A Travelling Bending Wave …………………………………………………….. 327
§40. Action of an Infinite Strip of a Moving Load ………………………………. 332
Chapter VIII: Aeroelastic Oscillations
§41. Dynamic Problems of Aeroelasticity Theory ……………………………….. 338
§42. “Classical” Flutter ………………………………………………………………. 341
§43. Tacoma Catastrophe: Separation Flutter …………………………………… 351
Chapter IX: Problems of Nonlinear System Oscillations
§44. Vibration Maintenance of Rotation …………………………………………. 358
§45. Dynamics of the Boisse-Sarda Regulator …………………………………… 365
§46. Sommerfeld Effect ………………………………………………………………… 372
§47. Self-Oscillations: Method of Slowly Changing Amplitudes ……………….. 383
§48. Self-Oscillations of a Quasi-System with Dry Friction …………………… 393
§49. Discontinuous Self-Oscillations in the Case of Dry Friction ……………. 400
§50. Delta Method ……………………………………………………………………… 406
#dynamics #elasticSystems #errors #oscillatingSystems #oscillations #physics #sovietLiterature #stability

#dynamics #elasticsystems #errors #oscillatingsystems #oscillations #physics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-29 · 01:36 UTC

भौतिक विज्ञान सहज बोध (Physics For Entertainment In Hindi ) by या. इ. पेरेलमान (Yakov Perelman)

विश्वविख्यात भौतिक विज्ञानी या. इ. पेरेलमान की कृति महत्त्वपूर्ण पुस्तक ‘Physics for Entertainment’ का अनुवाद
बी.एस.के. काले
अनुवादक देवेन्द्र प्र. शर्मा
Many thanks to @life123 for scans
Note: There is slight warping on some pages but the print is very clear and readable
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#mechanics #physics #physicsProblems #physicsPuzzles #popularScience #sovietLiterature

#mechanics #physics #physicsproblems #physicspuzzles #popularscience #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-29 · 01:36 UTC

भौतिक विज्ञान सहज बोध (Physics For Entertainment In Hindi ) by या. इ. पेरेलमान (Yakov Perelman)

विश्वविख्यात भौतिक विज्ञानी या. इ. पेरेलमान की कृति महत्त्वपूर्ण पुस्तक ‘Physics for Entertainment’ का अनुवाद
बी.एस.के. काले
अनुवादक देवेन्द्र प्र. शर्मा
Many thanks to @life123 for scans
Note: There is slight warping on some pages but the print is very clear and readable
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#mechanics #physics #physicsProblems #physicsPuzzles #popularScience #sovietLiterature

#mechanics #physics #physicsproblems #physicspuzzles #popularscience #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-29 · 01:36 UTC

भौतिक विज्ञान सहज बोध (Physics For Entertainment In Hindi ) by या. इ. पेरेलमान (Yakov Perelman)

विश्वविख्यात भौतिक विज्ञानी या. इ. पेरेलमान की कृति महत्त्वपूर्ण पुस्तक ‘Physics for Entertainment’ का अनुवाद
बी.एस.के. काले
अनुवादक देवेन्द्र प्र. शर्मा
Many thanks to @life123 for scans
Note: There is slight warping on some pages but the print is very clear and readable
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#mechanics #physics #physicsProblems #physicsPuzzles #popularScience #sovietLiterature

#mechanics #physics #physicsproblems #physicspuzzles #popularscience #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-29 · 01:36 UTC

भौतिक विज्ञान सहज बोध (Physics For Entertainment In Hindi ) by या. इ. पेरेलमान (Yakov Perelman)

विश्वविख्यात भौतिक विज्ञानी या. इ. पेरेलमान की कृति महत्त्वपूर्ण पुस्तक ‘Physics for Entertainment’ का अनुवाद
बी.एस.के. काले
अनुवादक देवेन्द्र प्र. शर्मा
Many thanks to @life123 for scans
Note: There is slight warping on some pages but the print is very clear and readable
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#mechanics #physics #physicsProblems #physicsPuzzles #popularScience #sovietLiterature

#sovietliterature #popularscience #physicspuzzles #physicsproblems #physics #mechanics
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-29 · 01:36 UTC

भौतिक विज्ञान सहज बोध (Physics For Entertainment In Hindi ) by या. इ. पेरेलमान (Yakov Perelman)

विश्वविख्यात भौतिक विज्ञानी या. इ. पेरेलमान की कृति महत्त्वपूर्ण पुस्तक ‘Physics for Entertainment’ का अनुवाद
बी.एस.के. काले
अनुवादक देवेन्द्र प्र. शर्मा
Many thanks to @life123 for scans
Note: There is slight warping on some pages but the print is very clear and readable
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

#mechanics #physics #physicsProblems #physicsPuzzles #popularScience #sovietLiterature

#mechanics #physics #physicsproblems #physicspuzzles #popularscience #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-19 · 01:54 UTC

The October Storm And After Stories And Reminiscences

We were the first to be fortunate enough to tell people about life under socialism and of the struggle to establish socialism.”
All the other contributors to this volume may justly subscribe to the above together with the author, Alexander Fadeyev, for all of them took part in the Great October Socialist Revolution. Among their number are A. Lunacharsky, the first People’s Commissar for Education, Academician V. Bonch-Bruyevich, A. Kollontai, a well-known woman revolutionary, and the writers Maxim Gorky, Mikhail Sholokhov, Vsevolod Ivanov, Valentin Katayev, and Kornei Chukovsky.
Many of the stories were written between 1920 and 1940, but there is also a large selection of modern writings by such well-known contemporary authors as Vera Panova, Yuri German, and others.
There are stories about the years of underground revolutionary work, the heroic era of the Civil War, and the great revolutionary forward thrust of the people building a new society.
Translated from the Russian
Designed by V. Kuleshov

You can get the book here and here

Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles
Contents
10 Anatoly Lunacharsky. Smolny on the Night of the
Storm
14 John Reed. Ten Days That Shook the World.
(Extracts)
24 Vladimir Bonch-Bruyevich. How Lenin Wrote the
Decree on Land
29 Vladimir Bonch-Bruyevich. The Arms of the Soviet
State ••
33 Alexandra Kollontai. The First Benefit
44 Mikhail Sholokhov. The Bastard
82 Alexander Fadeyev. Metelitsa Goes on Reconnaissance
102 Vsevolod Ivanov. Letter T.
114 Abdulla Kahhar. The Healer of the Blind
136 Vera Inber. The Crime of Nor Bibi
166 Valentin Katayev. Sleep
175 Boris Lavrenyov. The Forty First
242 A. Zorich. The Insult
262 Kornci Chukovsky. People’s Commissar for Education
275 Konstantin Fedin. Gorky Among Us
296 Maxim Gorky. Kamo
309 Maxim Gorky. Mitya Pavlov
311 Yuri German. A .Walk in the Yard
336 Yelizaveta Drabkina. Meditation
343 Vera Panova. Three Boys at the Gate
V. I. Lenin
The cruiser “Aurora”, a shot from which signalled the start of
the October Revolution. This picture was taken in April 1918
Red Guards
#history #redOctober #russianRevolution #sovietLiterature

#history #redoctober #russianrevolution #sovietliterature
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-18 · 02:14 UTC

The Experience Of Soviet Medicine During The Great Patriotic War 1941-1945

A collection of Soviet experiences with battlefield injuries and their treatment during second world war.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

Contents
Table of Contents
General Section
Chapter I A Brief Historical Overview of the Methods of Treating Firearms Wounds of the Peripheral Nerves 1
Chapter II General Questions of Firearms-Inflicted Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 17
Chapter III The Histopathology of Peripheral Nerve Trunks in Combat Trauma 62
Chapter IV Regeneration of Nerve Trunks After Firearms Wounds 102
Chapter V On the Organization of Treatment-Evacuation Aid for Firearms-Inflicted Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 140
Chapter VI General Symptomatology and Diagnosis of Firearms Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 156
Special Section
Chapter I The Clinical Treatment and Diagnostics of Firearms Wounds to Individual Peripheral Nerves 199
Chapter II Firearms Injuries to the Craniocerebral Nerves 269
Chapter III Surgical Treatment of Firearms Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 288
Chapter IV Firearms Injuries of the Intercostal Nerves and the Thoracoabdominal Nerve 557
Chapter V Conservative Treatment of Firearms Injuries to the Peripheral Nerves 570
Chapter VI The Clinical Picture and Treatment of Reflex Contractures and Paralyses Developing After Firearms Injuries to the Peripheral Nerves 633
Chapter VII Causalgia and Its Treatment 676
Chapter VIII Orthopaedic Operations for Consequences of Peripheral Nerve Injuries 759
Chapter IX Residual Manifestations of Peripheral Nerve Injuries and the Methodology of Treating Them in the Later Period 775
Chapter X Long-Term Results of Surgical Treatment of Firearms-Inflicted Injuries to the Peripheral Nerves 787
Conclusion 816

#bombInjuries #bulletInujries #sovietLiterature #sovietMedicine #treatment #warInjuries #worldWar2

#bombinjuries #bulletinujries #sovietliterature #sovietmedicine #treatment #warinjuries
Mir Books @[email protected] · 2026-08-18 · 02:14 UTC

The Experience Of Soviet Medicine During The Great Patriotic War 1941-1945

A collection of Soviet experiences with battlefield injuries and their treatment during second world war.
You can get the book here and here
Follow us on
Twitter https://x.com/MirTitles
Mastadon https://mastodon.social/@mirtitles
Bluesky https://bsky.app/profile/mirtitles.bsky.social
Tumblr https://www.tumblr.com/mirtitles
Internet Archive https://archive.org/details/mir-titles
Fork us on gitlab https://gitlab.com/mirtitles

Contents
Table of Contents
General Section
Chapter I A Brief Historical Overview of the Methods of Treating Firearms Wounds of the Peripheral Nerves 1
Chapter II General Questions of Firearms-Inflicted Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 17
Chapter III The Histopathology of Peripheral Nerve Trunks in Combat Trauma 62
Chapter IV Regeneration of Nerve Trunks After Firearms Wounds 102
Chapter V On the Organization of Treatment-Evacuation Aid for Firearms-Inflicted Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 140
Chapter VI General Symptomatology and Diagnosis of Firearms Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 156
Special Section
Chapter I The Clinical Treatment and Diagnostics of Firearms Wounds to Individual Peripheral Nerves 199
Chapter II Firearms Injuries to the Craniocerebral Nerves 269
Chapter III Surgical Treatment of Firearms Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 288
Chapter IV Firearms Injuries of the Intercostal Nerves and the Thoracoabdominal Nerve 557
Chapter V Conservative Treatment of Firearms Injuries to the Peripheral Nerves 570
Chapter VI The Clinical Picture and Treatment of Reflex Contractures and Paralyses Developing After Firearms Injuries to the Peripheral Nerves 633
Chapter VII Causalgia and Its Treatment 676
Chapter VIII Orthopaedic Operations for Consequences of Peripheral Nerve Injuries 759
Chapter IX Residual Manifestations of Peripheral Nerve Injuries and the Methodology of Treating Them in the Later Period 775
Chapter X Long-Term Results of Surgical Treatment of Firearms-Inflicted Injuries to the Peripheral Nerves 787
Conclusion 816

#bombInjuries #bulletInujries #sovietLiterature #sovietMedicine #treatment #warInjuries #worldWar2

#bombinjuries #bulletinujries #sovietliterature #sovietmedicine #treatment #warinjuries